Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

1,689 missions · 715 completed

Missions

Open974Completed715All1689
Control TheoryOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Scheduling a Multi Class Queue with Many Exponential Servers: Asymptotic Optimality in Heavy Traffic: The HJB-Based Preemptive Policy Is Asymptotically Optimal Among Work-Conserving PoliciesResearch Paper

Motivation

Large call centers route several types of customers to a common pool of agents. When the pool is large and highly utilized, the relevant asymptotic regime is the quality-and-efficiency-driven (QED) or Halfin–Whitt regime (Halfin & Whitt 1981). The number of servers nnn grows while the offered load stays within O(n)O(\sqrt n)O(n​) of nnn. Waiting is then neither negligible nor overwhelming (Gans, Koole & Mandelbaum 2003).

Which class should a freed agent serve next? Exact optimization of a multi-class many-server queue with abandonment is intractable. The standard route is to solve a limiting diffusion control problem and translate its optimal control back into a policy for the queue. Atar, Mandelbaum and Reiman (Ann. Appl. Probab. 2004) carried this out for kkk customer classes, exponential service and abandonment, general renewal arrivals and general convex-type holding costs. They proved that the translated policy is asymptotically optimal. This mission formalizes that result for the preemptive policy.

Context:

  • Harrison & Zeevi (2004) studied the same multi-class many-server problem.
  • Bell & Williams (2001) proved asymptotic optimality of a threshold policy for a two-server system in conventional heavy traffic.
  • The present paper is the first to cover the QED regime with general costs and abandonment.

Setting

There are k≥1k\ge1k≥1 customer classes and nnn identical servers.

Primitives.

  • Arrivals. Class-iii customers arrive according to a renewal process AinA^n_iAin​ with interarrival times Uˇi(j)/λin\check U_i(j)/\lambda^n_iUˇi​(j)/λin​. Here the Uˇi(j)\check U_i(j)Uˇi​(j) are i.i.d., positive, of mean one and squared coefficient of variation CU,i2C^2_{U,i}CU,i2​.
  • Service. Service times are exponential with rate μin\mu^n_iμin​, represented by Poisson processes SinS^n_iSin​.
  • Abandonment. Waiting customers abandon at rate θin≥0\theta^n_i\ge0θin​≥0, represented by Poisson processes RinR^n_iRin​.

State. Xin(t)X^n_i(t)Xin​(t) is the number of class-iii customers in the system, Ψin(t)\Psi^n_i(t)Ψin​(t) the number in service and Φin=Xin−Ψin\Phi^n_i=X^n_i-\Psi^n_iΦin​=Xin​−Ψin​ the number waiting. The dynamics are

Xin(t)=Xi0,n+Ain(t)−Rin(∫0tΦin)−Sin(∫0tΨin),Ψn,Φn∈Z+k,∑iΨin≤n.X^n_i(t)=X^{0,n}_i+A^n_i(t)-R^n_i\Big(\int_0^t\Phi^n_i\Big)-S^n_i\Big(\int_0^t\Psi^n_i\Big),\qquad \Psi^n,\Phi^n\in\mathbb Z^k_+,\quad \textstyle\sum_i\Psi^n_i\le n .Xin​(t)=Xi0,n​+Ain​(t)−Rin​(∫0t​Φin​)−Sin​(∫0t​Ψin​),Ψn,Φn∈Z+k​,∑i​Ψin​≤n.

Policies.

  • A scheduling control policy (SCP) is the process Ψn\Psi^nΨn.
  • It is admissible if it does not anticipate the future beyond the time of the next arrival: past information is independent of future primitive increments.
  • It is work-conserving if no server idles while customers wait: (1⋅Xn−n)+=1⋅Φn(\mathbb 1\cdot X^n-n)^+=\mathbb 1\cdot\Phi^n(1⋅Xn−n)+=1⋅Φn.

Scaling and cost. In the QED scaling n−1λin→λin^{-1}\lambda^n_i\to\lambda_in−1λin​→λi​ with ∑iλi/μi=1\sum_i\lambda_i/\mu_i=1∑i​λi​/μi​=1. With ρi=λi/μi\rho_i=\lambda_i/\mu_iρi​=λi​/μi​ the centred processes are X^n=n−1/2(Xn−ρn)\hat X^n=n^{-1/2}(X^n-\rho n)X^n=n−1/2(Xn−ρn), Φ^n=n−1/2Φn\hat\Phi^n=n^{-1/2}\Phi^nΦ^n=n−1/2Φn and Ψ^n=n−1/2(Ψn−ρn)\hat\Psi^n=n^{-1/2}(\Psi^n-\rho n)Ψ^n=n−1/2(Ψn−ρn). The cost is

Cn=E∫0∞e−γtL~(Φ^n(t),Ψ^n(t)) dt.C^n=E\int_0^\infty e^{-\gamma t}\tilde L(\hat\Phi^n(t),\hat\Psi^n(t))\,dt .Cn=E∫0∞​e−γtL~(Φ^n(t),Ψ^n(t))dt.

The limiting control problem. It controls

X(t)=x+rW(t)+∫0tb(X(s),u(s)) ds,b(x,u)=ℓ+(μ−θ)(1⋅x)+u−μx,X(t)=x+rW(t)+\int_0^t b(X(s),u(s))\,ds,\qquad b(x,u)=\ell+(\mu-\theta)(\mathbb 1\cdot x)^+u-\mu x,X(t)=x+rW(t)+∫0t​b(X(s),u(s))ds,b(x,u)=ℓ+(μ−θ)(1⋅x)+u−μx,

where the control uuu takes values in the simplex Sk\mathbb S^kSk and WWW is a kkk-dimensional Brownian motion. The data are ri=(λiCU,i2+λi)1/2r_i=(\lambda_iC^2_{U,i}+\lambda_i)^{1/2}ri​=(λi​CU,i2​+λi​)1/2 and ℓi=λ^i−ρiμ^i\ell_i=\hat\lambda_i-\rho_i\hat\mu_iℓi​=λ^i​−ρi​μ^​i​. Its value V(x)V(x)V(x) is the infimum of E∫0∞e−γtL(X,u) dtE\int_0^\infty e^{-\gamma t}L(X,u)\,dtE∫0∞​e−γtL(X,u)dt, with L(x,u)=L~((1⋅x)+u,x−(1⋅x)+u)L(x,u)=\tilde L((\mathbb 1\cdot x)^+u,x-(\mathbb 1\cdot x)^+u)L(x,u)=L~((1⋅x)+u,x−(1⋅x)+u).

HJB equation and the proposed policy. The HJB equation is 12∑iri2∂iif+H(x,Df)−γf=0\tfrac12\sum_ir_i^2\partial_{ii}f+H(x,Df)-\gamma f=021​∑i​ri2​∂ii​f+H(x,Df)−γf=0 with H(x,p)=inf⁡u∈Sk[b(x,u)⋅p+L(x,u)]H(x,p)=\inf_{u\in\mathbb S^k}[b(x,u)\cdot p+L(x,u)]H(x,p)=infu∈Sk​[b(x,u)⋅p+L(x,u)]. Let hhh be a measurable selection of its minimizers. The proposed preemptive policy (P-SCP) sets the queue vector to Θ[(1⋅Xn−n)+h(X^n)]\Theta[(\mathbb 1\cdot X^n-n)^+h(\hat X^n)]Θ[(1⋅Xn−n)+h(X^n)], an integer rounding, and falls back to a static priority rule when that is infeasible.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2(i)

For a Cpol2C^2_{\mathrm{pol}}Cpol2​ solution fff of the HJB equation, a measurable minimizer selection hhh, and initial states with X^0,n→x\hat X^{0,n}\to xX^0,n→x:

lim⁡n→∞E∫0∞e−γtL~(Φ^tn,∗,Ψ^tn,∗) dt  ≤  lim inf⁡n→∞E∫0∞e−γtL~(Φ^tn,Ψ^tn) dt\lim_{n\to\infty}E\int_0^\infty e^{-\gamma t}\tilde L(\hat\Phi^{n,*}_t,\hat\Psi^{n,*}_t)\,dt\;\le\;\liminf_{n\to\infty}E\int_0^\infty e^{-\gamma t}\tilde L(\hat\Phi^n_t,\hat\Psi^n_t)\,dtn→∞lim​E∫0∞​e−γtL~(Φ^tn,∗​,Ψ^tn,∗​)dt≤n→∞liminf​E∫0∞​e−γtL~(Φ^tn​,Ψ^tn​)dt

This holds for every sequence of work-conserving admissible SCPs, and the left-hand limit exists and is finite. No constants are hard-coded.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof:

  • on the diffusion side, Proposition 2 (well-posedness), Proposition 4 (stability and moment bounds), Proposition 5(i)–(ii) (growth and continuity of VVV) and Theorem 3 (VVV is the unique Cpol2C^2_{\mathrm{pol}}Cpol2​ HJB solution, and an optimal Markov policy exists);
  • on the queueing side, Proposition 1 (feedback rules give admissible SCPs), Lemmas 2–3 (moment bounds), Lemma 4(i)–(ii) (FCLT for the primitives and the fluid limit (Ψˉn,Φˉn)⇒(ρ,0)(\bar\Psi^n,\bar\Phi^n)\Rightarrow(\rho,0)(Ψˉn,Φˉn)⇒(ρ,0)), and Theorem 4(i)–(ii): lim inf⁡≥V(x)\liminf\ge V(x)liminf≥V(x) always, and lim sup⁡≤V(x)\limsup\le V(x)limsup≤V(x) under condition (49).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2(i) justifies using the diffusion control problem as a design tool for multi-class many-server systems. The policy is explicit given hhh, and it is optimal in the limit against all non-anticipating work-conserving policies, including those that use the full history and the time of the next arrival. The proof also identifies the limit cost with V(x)V(x)V(x).

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper, with some steps (Proposition 1, the principle of optimality, the time-change and martingale limit theorems) given as sketches or citations. No part of it is machine-checked. A formalization requires:

  • a counting-process model of the queue;
  • a careful definition of non-anticipation;
  • a pathwise controlled SDE;
  • classical solvability of a semilinear elliptic HJB equation on Rk\mathbb R^kRk;
  • a weak-convergence argument in Skorokhod space.

Each of these is reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would show that X^n\hat X^nX^n converges to the controlled diffusion and pass the costs to the limit. This fails for two reasons:

  • the comparison class contains arbitrary non-Markov, history-dependent policies, so the queue does not converge to a single controlled diffusion;
  • the optimal selector hhh is in general discontinuous (for linear costs it is), so the proposed policy is not a continuous function of the state.

The proof instead compares every policy with the HJB solution through Itô's formula on the prelimit processes. This needs:

  • uniform moment bounds;
  • tightness of the integral processes;
  • the convergence of stochastic integrals of Kurtz and Protter;
  • and, for the proposed policy, the fact that the rounding Θ\ThetaΘ and the priority fallback perturb the minimizer by O(n−1/2)O(n^{-1/2})O(n−1/2).

Existence of a classical HJB solution on all of Rk\mathbb R^kRk, with only Hölder-continuous costs and polynomial growth, rests on a bounded-domain existence theorem for fully nonlinear elliptic equations.

Formalization scope

The Lean development commits to the following conventions.

  • Indexing and norms. Classes are Fin k with k≥1k\ge1k≥1; paper class iii is index i−1i-1i−1, so "class kkk" (highest priority, rounding remainder of Θ\ThetaΘ) is the last index. Vectors are Fin k → ℝ and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the paper's ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1 norm; the paper's ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣ on vectors is read the same way.
  • Probability space and paths. All systems share one complete probability space. Time is real and every condition is for t≥0t\ge0t≥0. The paper's "without loss" path regularity (finite arrival counts, Poisson paths Z+\mathbb Z_+Z+​-valued, nondecreasing and càdlàg) holds for every ω\omegaω.
  • Poisson processes are defined by independent Poisson increments; rate 000 gives the zero process.
  • Policies. A policy is a pair of real processes (Ψn,Xn)(\Psi^n,X^n)(Ψn,Xn) with integer values. Admissibility is Definition 2 verbatim, with the future σ\sigmaσ-field built from the next arrival time τin(t)\tau^n_i(t)τin​(t). Work conservation is (18).
  • Costs and value are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and lim⁡\limlim/lim inf⁡\liminfliminf are taken there. The integrands are nonnegative under work conservation.
  • Admissible systems range over sample spaces Ω : Type (universe 0). "Complete filtered probability space" means PPP complete with all null sets in F0\mathcal F_0F0​. Brownian motion is Mathlib's IsBrownianReal per coordinate, with independence and the (Ft)(\mathcal F_t)(Ft​)-Brownian property stated explicitly. VVV is the infimum over systems and their controlled processes.
  • Discount rate. γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 is a hypothesis; the paper leaves it implicit.
  • Initial states are integer vectors X0,n∈Z+kX^{0,n}\in\mathbb Z^k_+X0,n∈Z+k​ with n−1/2(X0,n−ρn)→xn^{-1/2}(X^{0,n}-\rho n)\to xn−1/2(X0,n−ρn)→x. The literal "X^0,n∈n−1/2Zk\hat X^{0,n}\in n^{-1/2}\mathbb Z^kX^0,n∈n−1/2Zk" would require ρin∈Z\rho_in\in\mathbb Zρi​n∈Z. Assumption 1(ii) is not imposed: each policy chooses its own initial split.
  • Lemma 3 is stated for all nnn beyond a threshold that depends on the sequence, with constants c,mˉc,\bar mc,mˉ chosen before xxx and the sequence. The printed all-nnn bound with ccc independent of xxx fails when the early terms X^0,n\hat X^{0,n}X^0,n are large.
  • Weak convergence to a continuous limit uses the coupling form CouplingConverges of the published BellWilliams2001.ThresholdPolicy.Paths; convergence to a deterministic limit is UocInProb.

The goal hypothesizes fff and hhh with the pointwise identity b(x,h(x))⋅Df(x)+L(x,h(x))=H(x,Df(x))b(x,h(x))\cdot Df(x)+L(x,h(x))=H(x,Df(x))b(x,h(x))⋅Df(x)+L(x,h(x))=H(x,Df(x)) for all xxx. An arbitrary "optimal Markov control policy" may differ from a minimizer selection on the Lebesgue-null lattice where X^n\hat X^nX^n lives, and that formalization would make the goal false. Restricting the comparators to feedback, Markov or nonpreemptive policies, fixing kkk, dropping abandonment, specializing to Poisson arrivals or linear costs, or imposing a common initial split would each trivialize or weaken the statement and is ruled out.

Not formalized:

  • Lemma 4(iii) (tightness);
  • Lemma 5 (Kurtz–Protter, which needs semimartingale theory absent from Mathlib);
  • Lemma 6 (convergence of Stieltjes integrals at limit points);
  • Proposition 5(iii);
  • the nonpreemptive results, Theorem 2(ii)–(iii).

Contributions are welcome on any milestone, and especially on infrastructure: Poisson and renewal processes, functional central limit theorems in Skorokhod space, classical solvability of elliptic HJB equations, and measurable selection of minimizers.

Selected references

  • R. Atar, A. Mandelbaum, M. I. Reiman, Scheduling a multi class queue with many exponential servers: asymptotic optimality in heavy traffic, Ann. Appl. Probab. 14(3), 2004. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0407058
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-traffic limits for queues with many exponential servers, Oper. Res. 29(3), 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • N. Gans, G. Koole, A. Mandelbaum, Telephone call centers: tutorial, review, and research prospects, Manuf. Serv. Oper. Manag. 5(2), 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.5.2.79.16071
  • J. M. Harrison, A. Zeevi, Dynamic scheduling of a multiclass queue in the Halfin–Whitt heavy traffic regime, Oper. Res. 52(2), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1040.0109
  • S. L. Bell, R. J. Williams, Dynamic scheduling of a system with two parallel servers in heavy traffic with resource pooling: asymptotic optimality of a threshold policy, Ann. Appl. Probab. 11(3), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1015345343
  • T. G. Kurtz, P. Protter, Weak limit theorems for stochastic integrals and stochastic differential equations, Ann. Probab. 19(3), 1991. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176990334
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Computational Issues in an Infinite-Horizon, Multiechelon Inventory Model 1: The Decomposition Policy Is Optimal for Discounted CostsResearch Paper

Motivation

Distribution systems often move stock in two stages. A depot orders from an outside supplier and ships to a retail outlet, where customer demand arrives and unmet demand is backordered. Stock held anywhere costs money, a shortage at the outlet costs more, and each order carries a fixed charge. The basic question is what ordering and shipping rule minimizes total cost.

Clark and Scarf (Management Science 6, 1960) showed that over a finite planning horizon this two-echelon problem decomposes. The outlet solves its own single-location problem, and the depot solves a second single-location problem in which the outlet's shortfall is charged through an induced penalty cost. Federgruen and Zipkin (Operations Research 32(4), 1984) carried the decomposition to the infinite horizon. In the infinite-horizon problems the induced penalty becomes stationary and explicit, which makes the system computable with single-location tools. This mission covers the discounted-cost half of that paper (§§1–2).

Timeline:

  • 1960: Clark and Scarf, finite-horizon decomposition, with a nonstationary penalty P^n\hat P_nP^n​ built from the outlet's optimal cost functions.
  • 1963: Iglehart (Management Science 9) proved, for the single-location discounted problem, that the finite-horizon value functions converge uniformly and that an (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) policy is optimal.
  • 1984: Federgruen and Zipkin combine the two results and prove that a stationary policy built from the decomposition is optimal for the infinite-horizon discounted and average-cost problems.

Setting

Time is discrete. The cost data are a fixed order cost KKK, an order cost rate cdc^dcd, a shipment cost rate crc^rcr, a holding cost rate hdh^dhd on all system stock, an extra holding cost rate hrh^rhr at the outlet, and a backorder penalty rate prp^rpr; all are positive. The discount factor α\alphaα satisfies 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1, shipments take lll periods and orders take LLL periods. One-period demands are independent copies of a nonnegative continuous random variable uuu with mean μ<∞\mu < \inftyμ<∞, and u(i)u^{(i)}u(i) denotes the sum of iii copies.

The state is (y^,vd,xr)(\hat y, v^d, x^r)(y^​,vd,xr):

  • y^=(y1,…,yL)\hat y = (y^1, \dots, y^L)y^​=(y1,…,yL) lists the outstanding orders, yiy^iyi placed iii periods ago;
  • vdv^dvd is the depot's echelon inventory (its own stock plus xrx^rxr);
  • xrx^rxr is the outlet's stock plus shipments in transit.

An action is an order y≥0y \ge 0y≥0 and a shipment z≥0z \ge 0z≥0 with xr+z≤vd+yLx^r + z \le v^d + y^Lxr+z≤vd+yL. With demand uuu, the next state is ((y,y1,…,yL−1),vd+yL−u,xr+z−u)((y, y^1, \dots, y^{L-1}), v^d + y^L - u, x^r + z - u)((y,y1,…,yL−1),vd+yL−u,xr+z−u). The one-period cost is

cd(y)+hd(vd+yL)+crz+R(xr+z),c^d(y) + h^d(v^d + y^L) + c^r z + R(x^r + z),cd(y)+hd(vd+yL)+crz+R(xr+z),

where cd(y)=K+cdyc^d(y) = K + c^d ycd(y)=K+cdy for y>0y > 0y>0, cd(0)=0c^d(0) = 0cd(0)=0, and

R(x)=αl{−hd(x−lμ)+prE[u(l+1)−x]++(hd+hr)E[x−u(l+1)]+}.R(x) = \alpha^l\{-h^d(x - l\mu) + p^r E[u^{(l+1)} - x]^+ + (h^d + h^r)E[x - u^{(l+1)}]^+\}.R(x)=αl{−hd(x−lμ)+prE[u(l+1)−x]++(hd+hr)E[x−u(l+1)]+}.

Bα(s∣π)B^\alpha(s \mid \pi)Bα(s∣π) is the expected total discounted cost of a policy π\piπ from state sss.

The critical number xr∗x^{r*}xr∗ minimizes (1−α)crx+R(x)(1-\alpha)c^r x + R(x)(1−α)crx+R(x). The stationary induced penalty is P(x)=0P(x) = 0P(x)=0 for x≥xr∗x \ge x^{r*}x≥xr∗ and P(x)=(1−α)cr(x−xr∗)+R(x)−R(xr∗)P(x) = (1-\alpha)c^r(x - x^{r*}) + R(x) - R(x^{r*})P(x)=(1−α)cr(x−xr∗)+R(x)−R(xr∗) otherwise. The depot problem IHαdIH^d_\alphaIHαd​ has state (y^,vd)(\hat y, v^d)(y^​,vd), action y≥0y \ge 0y≥0 and one-period cost cd(y)+hd(vd+yL)+P(vd+yL)c^d(y) + h^d(v^d + y^L) + P(v^d + y^L)cd(y)+hd(vd+yL)+P(vd+yL). The policy πα∗\pi_\alpha^*πα∗​ orders by an optimal stationary policy σd\sigma^dσd of IHαdIH^d_\alphaIHαd​ and ships z=max⁡{0,min⁡{xr∗,vd+yL}−xr}z = \max\{0, \min\{x^{r*}, v^d + y^L\} - x^r\}z=max{0,min{xr∗,vd+yL}−xr}: up to the critical number when the depot has the stock, otherwise as much as it has.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 827)

Assume αlpr≥(1−αl)hd\alpha^l p^r \ge (1-\alpha^l)h^dαlpr≥(1−αl)hd. For every state with y^≥0\hat y \ge 0y^​≥0 and xr≤vdx^r \le v^dxr≤vd, and every admissible policy π\piπ,

Bα(y^,vd,xr∣πα∗)≤Bα(y^,vd,xr∣π).B^\alpha(\hat y, v^d, x^r \mid \pi_\alpha^*) \le B^\alpha(\hat y, v^d, x^r \mid \pi).Bα(y^​,vd,xr∣πα∗​)≤Bα(y^​,vd,xr∣π).

The goal leaves the form of σd\sigma^dσd open: any optimal stationary depot policy will do, and no (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) structure is assumed.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's own route. Write g^n\hat g_ng^​n​, gnrg_n^rgnr​, g^nd\hat g_n^dg^​nd​, gndg_n^dgnd​ for the nnn-period optimal costs of the system, of the outlet, of the depot with penalties P^n\hat P_nP^n​, and of the depot with penalty PPP.

  • Eq. (4): g^n=g^nd+gnr\hat g_n = \hat g_n^d + g_n^rg^​n​=g^​nd​+gnr​.
  • Property (e): gnr→gr=Brαg_n^r \to g^r = B^{r\alpha}gnr​→gr=Brα.
  • §2 claim (Iglehart): gnr→grg_n^r \to g^rgnr​→gr uniformly on (−∞,xr∗](-\infty, x^{r*}](−∞,xr∗].
  • Lemma 1: P^n→P\hat P_n \to PP^n​→P uniformly on R\mathbb RR.
  • Lemma 2: g^nd−gnd→0\hat g_n^d - g_n^d \to 0g^​nd​−gnd​→0 uniformly.
  • Lemma 3: g^n→gd+gr\hat g_n \to g^d + g^rg^​n​→gd+gr.
  • Lemma 4: ggg satisfies the optimality equation (8), and πα∗\pi_\alpha^*πα∗​ attains it.

Significance

The theorem shows that, under discounting, the infinite-horizon two-echelon problem is solved by two single-location problems, with a penalty PPP that is written in terms of RRR alone. Computing PPP does not require the outlet's optimal cost functions. The rest of the paper relies on this: its computational sections evaluate PPP in closed form for normal demand, and they treat several outlets by relaxation. A machine-checked version also gives an infinite-horizon decomposition theorem against which future multi-echelon formalizations can be checked.

The result was proved in 1984 and is not open. It has not been formalized. The paper's proof is short only because it cites Iglehart's convergence results and Propositions 9.12 and 9.16 of Bertsekas and Shreve (1978) for its last step, so a formal proof must also supply these.

Difficulty

The obvious argument passes to the limit in the finite-horizon decomposition (4). That fails as stated, because the depot program (3) has nonstationary penalties P^n\hat P_nP^n​, built from the outlet's optimal costs gn−1rg_{n-1}^rgn−1r​, and its value functions are not those of any stationary problem. The comparison of P^n\hat P_nP^n​ with PPP needs uniform control over the whole real line. The first few P^n−P\hat P_n - PP^n​−P are in fact unbounded, since g0r=0g_0^r = 0g0r​=0 has the wrong slope. The uniform control therefore holds only for large nnn, and the error has to be propagated through the depot recursion.

The second obstacle is that the one-period costs are unbounded in both directions: hdvh^d vhdv is negative for negative vvv. Contraction arguments for bounded costs therefore do not apply. Lower boundedness on the feasible set needs the cost relation αlpr≥(1−αl)hd\alpha^l p^r \ge (1-\alpha^l)h^dαlpr≥(1−αl)hd, and passing from the optimality equation to optimality of a policy needs the theory of models with costs bounded below.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace FZEchelon.Discounted.

  • Model. The data form a structure Model. The pipeline y^\hat yy^​ is a vector indexed by {0,…,L−1}\{0, \dots, L-1\}{0,…,L−1}, whose index kkk is the paper's yk+1y^{k+1}yk+1. For L=0L = 0L=0 the current order arrives at once.
  • Policies and cost. Time runs forward with weight αk\alpha^kαk; the paper counts periods remaining. Policies are measurable, non-anticipative, deterministic and history dependent, and they must be feasible along every demand path. BαB^\alphaBα is an extended real: the expectation of the positive part of the discounted cost sum minus that of the negative part, under the product law of the demands.
  • Finite-horizon programs. These are real infima over the feasible actions.
  • Hypotheses. Statements quantify over the physical states y^≥0\hat y \ge 0y^​≥0, xr≤vdx^r \le v^dxr≤vd. The standing assumptions of §1 are bundled in StandingAssumptions: positive costs, 0≤α≤10 \le \alpha \le 10≤α≤1, demand nonnegative, atomless and of finite mean. The §2 statements add α<1\alpha < 1α<1 and the cost relation, which the paper names in the proof of Theorem 1. The critical numbers xr∗x^{r*}xr∗ and xnr∗x_n^{r*}xnr∗​ enter as minimizers. The depot policy σd\sigma^dσd enters as a measurable, nonnegative stationary policy that is optimal for IHαdIH_\alpha^dIHαd​; that is the paper's definition of πα∗\pi_\alpha^*πα∗​, and its existence is Iglehart's.
  • Ruled out. Comparing πα∗\pi_\alpha^*πα∗​ only against stationary policies, or reading BαB^\alphaBα as a bare series or a truncated sum, would trivialize or change the theorem. The comparison class is all admissible history-dependent policies.
  • Corrections. Where the paper says "bounded" for every nnn (§2 claim, Lemmas 1 and 2), the statements claim boundedness only where it holds: n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, n≥2n \ge 2n≥2, and eventually, respectively. The moderation notes give the counterexample at n=1n = 1n=1. Lemma 2 also carries the standing assumption of p. 821 that never ordering is not optimal. The statement is false without it.
  • Infrastructure. A complete development needs the convexity theory of the single-location newsvendor function RRR, value iteration for discounted models with costs bounded below, and the Markov property for the product measure on demand sequences. The control-system file is reusable for other inventory and queueing missions. Formalizations of Iglehart's theorem and of Bertsekas–Shreve Propositions 9.12 and 9.16 are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Federgruen, P. Zipkin, Computational Issues in an Infinite-Horizon, Multiechelon Inventory Model, Operations Research 32(4):818–836, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.32.4.818
  • A. J. Clark, H. Scarf, Optimal Policies for a Multi-Echelon Inventory Problem, Management Science 6(4):475–490, 1960. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.4.475
  • D. L. Iglehart, Optimality of (s, S) Policies in the Infinite Horizon Dynamic Inventory Problem, Management Science 9(2):259–267, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.2.259
  • D. P. Bertsekas, S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Computational Issues in an Infinite-Horizon, Multiechelon Inventory Model 2: The Decomposition Policy Is Average-Cost OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

Many supply chains move stock through a central warehouse to the retail locations that face customer demand. Deciding how much the warehouse should order from outside, and how much it should ship to each retailer and when, is a stochastic dynamic program whose state contains every stock level and every outstanding order. Exact solution is out of reach except for the smallest systems, so structural results that reduce such a problem to single-location problems matter in practice.

Timeline.

  • Clark and Scarf (Management Science 1960) showed that the finite-horizon, discounted problem of a serial system decomposes: an optimal policy is obtained by solving the most downstream location alone, charging its shortfalls to the upstream location through an induced penalty cost, and then solving the upstream location as a single-location problem with that penalty.
  • Iglehart (Management Science 1963, and a 1963 chapter in Multistage Inventory Models and Techniques) established the infinite-horizon theory of the single-location problem with a fixed order cost: optimality of stationary (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) policies under discounted and average costs, and the convergence of value iteration.
  • Federgruen and Zipkin (Operations Research 1984) carried the decomposition to the infinite horizon for a depot and one retail outlet, under discounted costs (Theorem 1) and under the average-cost criterion (Theorem 2). This mission is about the average-cost case, §3 of that paper.

Setting

Time is divided into periods. A depot orders from an outside supplier with lead time L≥0L \ge 0L≥0 and supplies a retail outlet with shipment lead time l≥0l \ge 0l≥0. The demand uuu in each period is a nonnegative random variable with law ν\nuν and finite mean μ\muμ; demands in different periods are independent and identically distributed. Unmet demand at the outlet is backordered.

The state is (y~,vd,xr)(\tilde y, v^d, x^r)(y~​,vd,xr):

  • y~=(y1,…,yL)\tilde y = (y^1,\dots,y^L)y~​=(y1,…,yL) lists the orders placed 1,…,L1,\dots,L1,…,L periods ago;
  • vdv^dvd is the depot's echelon inventory, its own stock plus the outlet's inventory position;
  • xrx^rxr is the outlet's inventory position, its stock plus shipments in transit.

In each period the decision is an order y≥0y \ge 0y≥0 and a shipment z≥0z \ge 0z≥0 with xr+z≤vd+yLx^r + z \le v^d + y^Lxr+z≤vd+yL, where yLy^LyL is the order arriving now. The state then moves to ((y,y1,…,yL−1), vd+yL−u, xr+z−u)((y, y^1,\dots,y^{L-1}),\, v^d + y^L - u,\, x^r + z - u)((y,y1,…,yL−1),vd+yL−u,xr+z−u).

Costs are a fixed order cost KKK, proportional order and shipment rates cdc^dcd and crc^rcr, a holding rate hdh^dhd on system inventory, an extra holding rate hrh^rhr at the outlet and a backorder penalty rate prp^rpr. After the paper's accounting transformation, the one-period cost is

cd(y)+D(vd+yL)+crz+R(xr+z),c^d(y) + D(v^d + y^L) + c^r z + R(x^r + z),cd(y)+D(vd+yL)+crz+R(xr+z),

with cd(y)=K+cdyc^d(y) = K + c^d ycd(y)=K+cdy for y>0y > 0y>0 and cd(0)=0c^d(0) = 0cd(0)=0, D(v)=hdvD(v) = h^d vD(v)=hdv, and, at α=1\alpha = 1α=1,

R(x)=−hd(x−lμ)+prE[u(l+1)−x]++(hd+hr)E[x−u(l+1)]+,R(x) = -h^d(x - l\mu) + p^r E[u^{(l+1)} - x]^+ + (h^d + h^r) E[x - u^{(l+1)}]^+ ,R(x)=−hd(x−lμ)+prE[u(l+1)−x]++(hd+hr)E[x−u(l+1)]+,

where u(l+1)u^{(l+1)}u(l+1) is the demand over l+1l + 1l+1 periods. The critical number xr∗x^{r*}xr∗ is a minimizer of RRR. The stationary induced penalty is P(x)=R(x)−R(xr∗)P(x) = R(x) - R(x^{r*})P(x)=R(x)−R(xr∗) for x<xr∗x < x^{r*}x<xr∗ and 000 otherwise.

For a policy π\piπ and initial state sss, Bn(s∣π)B_n(s \mid \pi)Bn​(s∣π) is the expected cost of the first nnn periods and B(s∣π)=lim sup⁡nBn(s∣π)/nB(s \mid \pi) = \limsup_n B_n(s \mid \pi)/nB(s∣π)=limsupn​Bn​(s∣π)/n is the average cost. Problem IH asks for a policy minimizing B(s∣⋅)B(s\mid\cdot)B(s∣⋅) from every state. The depot problem IHd^dd has states (y~,vd)(\tilde y, v^d)(y~​,vd), orders y≥0y \ge 0y≥0 and one-period cost cd(y)+D(vd+yL)+P(vd+yL)c^d(y) + D(v^d + y^L) + P(v^d + y^L)cd(y)+D(vd+yL)+P(vd+yL). Its minimal average cost is ada^dad. The outlet problem has states xrx^rxr, shipments z≥0z \ge 0z≥0 and one-period cost crz+R(xr+z)c^r z + R(x^r + z)crz+R(xr+z). The policy π∗\pi^*π∗ orders by an optimal stationary policy of IHd^dd and ships z=max⁡(0,min⁡(xr∗,vd+yL)−xr)z = \max(0, \min(x^{r*}, v^d + y^L) - x^r)z=max(0,min(xr∗,vd+yL)−xr): up to the critical number if the depot has the stock, otherwise as much as it has.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 828)

With α=1\alpha = 1α=1 and cd=cr=0c^d = c^r = 0cd=cr=0, the policy π∗\pi^*π∗ is measurable and feasible from every physical state, and for every such state sss and every measurable feasible policy π\piπ,

B(s∣π∗)≤B(s∣π).B(s \mid \pi^*) \le B(s \mid \pi).B(s∣π∗)≤B(s∣π).

Milestones

  • Property (f) (p. 824): gnr(x)/n→Br(x)=crμ+R(xr∗)g^r_n(x)/n \to B^r(x) = c^r\mu + R(x^{r*})gnr​(x)/n→Br(x)=crμ+R(xr∗) for the outlet program gnrg^r_ngnr​.
  • Eq. (4) (p. 823), for 0≤α≤10 \le \alpha \le 10≤α≤1: g^n(y~,vd,xr)=g^nd(y~,vd)+gnr(xr)\hat g_n(\tilde y, v^d, x^r) = \hat g^d_n(\tilde y, v^d) + g^r_n(x^r)g^​n​(y~​,vd,xr)=g^​nd​(y~​,vd)+gnr​(xr).
  • §3 claims (p. 828): with cr=0c^r = 0cr=0, xr∗x^{r*}xr∗ is the critical number of every period, gnr(x)=nR(xr∗)g^r_n(x) = nR(x^{r*})gnr​(x)=nR(xr∗) for x≤xr∗x \le x^{r*}x≤xr∗, P^n=P\hat P_n = PP^n​=P, g^nd=gnd\hat g^d_n = g^d_ng^​nd​=gnd​ and g^n=gn\hat g_n = g_ng^​n​=gn​.
  • §3 display (p. 828): g^n(y~,vd,xr)/n→a=ad+R(xr∗)\hat g_n(\tilde y, v^d, x^r)/n \to a = a^d + R(x^{r*})g^​n​(y~​,vd,xr)/n→a=ad+R(xr∗).
  • Lemma 5 (p. 828): B(s∣π∗)=aB(s \mid \pi^*) = aB(s∣π∗)=a.
  • Proof of Theorem 2 (p. 828): g^n(s)≤Bn(s∣π)\hat g_n(s) \le B_n(s \mid \pi)g^​n​(s)≤Bn​(s∣π) for every measurable feasible π\piπ.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 reduces an average-cost problem with a multidimensional state to two problems with smaller states: a single-location (s,S)(s,S)(s,S)-type problem for the depot with a known convex penalty PPP, and a myopic critical-number rule for the outlet. The optimal system cost is the sum ad+ara^d + a^rad+ar of their optimal costs. The paper uses this to compute optimal policies with standard single-location software, and its §5 builds heuristics for several outlets on the same decomposition.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. To our knowledge none of it has been machine-checked. A formal proof has to make precise what the paper leaves to "standard arguments":

  • the class of measurable history-dependent policies;
  • the expected costs of policies with unbounded one-period costs;
  • the passage from history-dependent to Markov policies;
  • the transient of π∗\pi^*π∗ when the outlet starts above its critical number.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would identify the average-cost optimal value through an average-cost optimality equation on the full state space and verify that π∗\pi^*π∗ attains it. No such equation is available here. The state space is unbounded, the one-period costs are unbounded both above and below in the state, and the depot's fixed cost makes its value functions KKK-convex rather than convex.

The paper's route avoids that equation but needs three separate facts:

  • value iteration for the whole system, divided by nnn, converges to ad+ara^d + a^rad+ar, which rests on Iglehart's convergence for the depot and on the stationarity of the penalties when cr=0c^r = 0cr=0;
  • the finite-horizon value bounds the cost of every history-dependent policy, not only of Markov ones;
  • π∗\pi^*π∗ achieves aaa from every state, including states with xr>xr∗x^r > x^{r*}xr>xr∗, where it does not ship at all until demand has brought the outlet below its critical number.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. A state is a triple in (Fin L→R)×R×R(\mathrm{Fin}\,L \to \mathbb R) \times \mathbb R \times \mathbb R(FinL→R)×R×R. For L=0L = 0L=0 the order placed now arrives at once. Time runs forward in Lean; the paper numbers periods backward. Finite-horizon value functions keep the paper's index nnn (periods remaining). Each "min" of programs (1), (2), (3), (5) is a real infimum over the constraint set.
  • Policies and costs. Policies are deterministic, history-dependent and measurable, and they must be feasible along every demand realization. BnB_nBn​ is an extended real (expected positive part minus expected negative part of each period's cost). BBB is a lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup in the extended reals, and the optimal average costs are infima in the extended reals.
  • Standing assumptions (p. 821):
    • K,hd,hr,pr>0K, h^d, h^r, p^r > 0K,hd,hr,pr>0;
    • demands i.i.d., nonnegative, without atoms ("for convenience we shall assume uuu is continuous") and with finite mean.
  • Added hypotheses.
    • States are restricted to the physical ones, y~≥0\tilde y \ge 0y~​≥0 and xr≤vdx^r \le v^dxr≤vd.
    • cd=cr=0c^d = c^r = 0cd=cr=0. The paper reduces to this case "without loss of generality", on the grounds that average proportional costs equal cdμc^d\mucdμ and crμc^r\mucrμ "under all interesting policies" (p. 827). That class is never specified, and the proofs are written for cd=cr=0c^d = c^r = 0cd=cr=0. The general-cost version is the paper's informal reduction and is not part of the goal.
    • Eq. (4) is stated for 0≤α≤10 \le \alpha \le 10≤α≤1 with K,hd,hr,pr>0K, h^d, h^r, p^r > 0K,hd,hr,pr>0 and cd,cr≥0c^d, c^r \ge 0cd,cr≥0 (so that it covers §3's case cd=cr=0c^d = c^r = 0cd=cr=0), and with the relation αlpr≥(1−αl)hd\alpha^l p^r \ge (1 - \alpha^l)h^dαlpr≥(1−αl)hd, which the paper names on p. 827; it holds automatically at α=1\alpha = 1α=1.
  • Ruling out trivial readings.
    • π∗\pi^*π∗ is built from a depot rule σd\sigma^dσd assumed optimal for IHd^dd from every depot state. Its existence is Iglehart's theorem, cited and not formalized; no (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) form is required.
    • The goal quantifies over all measurable feasible policies, and π∗\pi^*π∗'s own feasibility is a conclusion, so a vacuous policy class cannot satisfy it.
    • A sorry-free check in the workspace exhibits an instance (exponential demand) meeting every standing hypothesis other than the optimality of σd\sigma^dσd, including the existence of xr∗x^{r*}xr∗.
  • Reusable infrastructure. The definitions of history-dependent policies and of extended-real expected and average costs for controlled processes driven by i.i.d. real noise are generic, and could be reused for other inventory and queueing models. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, and especially on a formal version of the Markov reduction (Dynkin–Yushkevich III.1) for this setting and on Iglehart's convergence of gnd/ng^d_n/ngnd​/n.

Selected references

  • A. Federgruen and P. Zipkin, Computational Issues in an Infinite-Horizon, Multiechelon Inventory Model, Operations Research 32(4):818–836, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.32.4.818
  • A. J. Clark and H. Scarf, Optimal Policies for a Multi-Echelon Inventory Problem, Management Science 6(4):475–490, 1960. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.4.475
  • D. L. Iglehart, Optimality of (s, S) Policies in the Infinite Horizon Dynamic Inventory Problem, Management Science 9(2):259–267, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.2.259
  • D. L. Iglehart, Dynamic Programming and Stationary Analyses of Inventory Problems, Chapter 1 in H. Scarf, D. Gilford and M. Shelly (eds.), Multistage Inventory Models and Techniques, Stanford University Press, 1963.
  • E. B. Dynkin and A. A. Yushkevich, Controlled Markov Processes, Springer, 1979.
  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Uniformly Bounded Regret in the Multi-Secretary Problem 2: When (f₁+ε)n ≤ k ≤ (1−fₘ−ε)n, Every Non-Adaptive Policy Has Regret at Least M√nResearch Paper

Motivation

The multi-secretary problem is the basic model of selecting under a budget from a stream of offers. Hiring a fixed number of candidates, accepting a fixed number of requests for a perishable resource, and admitting customers into a capacity-limited service all have this structure. Each item must be accepted or rejected on arrival, and the comparison point is the offline decision maker, who sees the whole sequence and keeps the best kkk items. The gap between the two expected values is the regret.

A common class of heuristics in revenue management and online resource allocation does not react to the realised history. These policies fix in advance, period by period, a probability of accepting each type of item, and then follow it until the budget runs out; static bid-price and randomised-acceptance rules are of this kind (Talluri and van Ryzin 2004). Arlotto and Gurvich (arXiv:1710.07719v2, Theorem 1) show that when abilities take finitely many values, an adaptive policy has regret bounded uniformly in the horizon nnn and the budget kkk. Their Theorem 3 shows that the restriction to non-adaptive policies costs order n\sqrt nn​ over a wide range of budgets. Read together, these two results separate adaptive from non-adaptive control by an unbounded factor. This mission formalizes the non-adaptive half.

Setting

There are nnn candidates with abilities X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​, independent and identically distributed on mmm values 0<am<am−1<⋯<a10<a_m<a_{m-1}<\dots<a_10<am​<am−1​<⋯<a1​, with masses fj=P(X1=aj)>0f_j=\mathbb P(X_1=a_j)>0fj​=P(X1​=aj​)>0 and ∑jfj=1\sum_jf_j=1∑j​fj​=1. Write ϵ=12min⁡jfj\epsilon=\tfrac12\min_jf_jϵ=21​minj​fj​ and Fˉ(aj)=f1+⋯+fj−1\bar F(a_j)=f_1+\dots+f_{j-1}Fˉ(aj​)=f1​+⋯+fj−1​. The budget is kkk, with 0≤k≤n0\le k\le n0≤k≤n.

The offline value is

Voff∗(n,k)=E[max⁡{∑tXtσt:σ∈{0,1}n, ∑tσt≤k}].V^*_{\mathrm{off}}(n,k)=\mathbb E\Big[\max\Big\{\textstyle\sum_tX_t\sigma_t:\sigma\in\{0,1\}^n,\ \sum_t\sigma_t\le k\Big\}\Big].Voff∗​(n,k)=E[max{∑t​Xt​σt​:σ∈{0,1}n, ∑t​σt​≤k}].

A non-adaptive policy is a matrix π={pj,t∈[0,1]}\pi=\{p_{j,t}\in[0,1]\}π={pj,t​∈[0,1]}. At time ttt, if budget remains and Xt=ajX_t=a_jXt​=aj​, the candidate is selected with probability pj,tp_{j,t}pj,t​, independently of everything else. The selection coins BtB_tBt​ are then independent Bernoulli variables with qt=E[Bt]=∑jpj,tfjq_t=\mathbb E[B_t]=\sum_jp_{j,t}f_jqt​=E[Bt​]=∑j​pj,t​fj​. The policy selects until kkk coins have come up. Its value Vonπ(n,k)V^\pi_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)Vonπ​(n,k) is the expected total ability selected, and

Vna∗(n,k)=sup⁡πVonπ(n,k).V^*_{\mathrm{na}}(n,k)=\sup_{\pi}V^\pi_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k).Vna∗​(n,k)=πsup​Vonπ​(n,k).

The deterministic relaxation replaces the random counts Zjn=#{t:Xt=aj}Z^n_j=\#\{t:X_t=a_j\}Zjn​=#{t:Xt​=aj​} by their means. Its value is

DR(n,k)=max⁡{∑jajsj:0≤sj≤nfj, ∑jsj≤k},DR(n,k)=\max\Big\{\textstyle\sum_ja_js_j:0\le s_j\le nf_j,\ \sum_js_j\le k\Big\},DR(n,k)=max{∑j​aj​sj​:0≤sj​≤nfj​, ∑j​sj​≤k},

with solution sj∗=min⁡{nfj,(k−nFˉ(aj))+}s^*_j=\min\{nf_j,(k-n\bar F(a_j))_+\}sj∗​=min{nfj​,(k−nFˉ(aj​))+​}. The index policy takes its probabilities from s∗s^*s∗: pj,t=sj∗/(nfj)p_{j,t}=s^*_j/(nf_j)pj,t​=sj∗​/(nfj​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 25)

For every ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, mmm and aaa there is M=M(ϵ,m,a)>0M=M(\epsilon,m,a)>0M=M(ϵ,m,a)>0 such that, for all masses with 12min⁡jfj=ϵ\tfrac12\min_jf_j=\epsilon21​minj​fj​=ϵ and all (n,k)(n,k)(n,k) with (f1+ϵ)n≤k≤(1−fm−ϵ)n(f_1+\epsilon)n\le k\le(1-f_m-\epsilon)n(f1​+ϵ)n≤k≤(1−fm​−ϵ)n,

Mn≤Voff∗(n,k)−Vna∗(n,k).M\sqrt n\le V^*_{\mathrm{off}}(n,k)-V^*_{\mathrm{na}}(n,k).Mn​≤Voff∗​(n,k)−Vna∗​(n,k).

The constant does not depend on the masses beyond ϵ\epsilonϵ, nor on nnn or kkk.

Milestones

  • Lemma 2 (p. 8): binomial overshoot, E[(B−k)+]≤1/(4ε)\mathbb E[(B-k)_+]\le1/(4\varepsilon)E[(B−k)+​]≤1/(4ε) when kkk exceeds the mean by εn\varepsilon nεn, and the symmetric bound.
  • Remark 2 (pp. 10–11): s∗s^*s∗ solves the relaxation, and Voff∗≤DRV^*_{\mathrm{off}}\le DRVoff∗​≤DR.
  • Lemma 3 (p. 25): the index policy satisfies DR−Vnaid≤ε−1a1nDR-V^{\mathrm{id}}_{\mathrm{na}}\le\varepsilon^{-1}a_1\sqrt nDR−Vnaid​≤ε−1a1​n​ when k/n≥εk/n\ge\varepsilonk/n≥ε, so the order n\sqrt nn​ is attained.
  • Lemma 5 (p. 26): for a centred Bernoulli sum with variance ς2\varsigma^2ς2, E[(±N−Υς)+]≥β1ς−(2+32)\mathbb E[(\pm N-\Upsilon\varsigma)_+]\ge\beta_1\varsigma-(2+3\sqrt2)E[(±N−Υς)+​]≥β1​ς−(2+32​) with β1(Υ)>0\beta_1(\Upsilon)>0β1​(Υ)>0, and E[(N+Υς)+2]≤β2ς2\mathbb E[(N+\Upsilon\varsigma)_+^2]\le\beta_2\varsigma^2E[(N+Υς)+2​]≤β2​ς2.
  • Lemma 7 (p. 27): an optimal non-adaptive policy exists, and any optimal one has f1/2≤qt≤1−fm/2f_1/2\le q_t\le1-f_m/2f1​/2≤qt​≤1−fm​/2 outside 2Mn2M\sqrt n2Mn​ periods, so ∑tqt(1−qt)≥f1fm4(n−2Mn)\sum_tq_t(1-q_t)\ge\tfrac{f_1f_m}4(n-2M\sqrt n)∑t​qt​(1−qt​)≥4f1​fm​​(n−2Mn​).
  • Lemma 4 (p. 25): for k≤n(f1−ϵ)k\le n(f_1-\epsilon)k≤n(f1​−ϵ) the non-adaptive regret is at most a2/(4ϵ)a_2/(4\epsilon)a2​/(4ϵ).
  • Lemma 8 and Proposition 6 (p. 40): E[Sjn]=sj∗±Mn\mathbb E[\mathfrak S^n_j]=s^*_j\pm M\sqrt nE[Sjn​]=sj∗​±Mn​, and 0≤DR−Voff∗≤Mn0\le DR-V^*_{\mathrm{off}}\le M\sqrt n0≤DR−Voff∗​≤Mn​ in general and ≤a1m/(4ϵ′)\le a_1m/(4\epsilon')≤a1​m/(4ϵ′) when k/nk/nk/n is ϵ′\epsilon'ϵ′ away from the jump points of Fˉ\bar FFˉ.

Significance

Theorem 3 is the lower half of the separation in Theorem 1 of the paper. The Budget-Ratio policy and the dynamic-programming policy have regret O(1)O(1)O(1), uniformly in (n,k)(n,k)(n,k), while every non-adaptive policy has regret Ω(n)\Omega(\sqrt n)Ω(n​) when k/nk/nk/n lies strictly between f1f_1f1​ and 1−fm1-f_m1−fm​. The order n\sqrt nn​ of fluid and static randomised policies is therefore a property of the whole class, not of a poor choice inside it. Lemma 4 shows that the budget range cannot be removed: with a small budget a non-adaptive policy is as good as any.

The result is proved in the source but has not been machine-checked. A complete development would formalize, inside one finite probabilistic model: the binomial overshoot bound, a uniform anti-concentration estimate for Bernoulli sums, the structure of optimal non-adaptive policies, and the comparison with the offline sort. The source's proof of Theorem 3 also relies on a lemma that fails as printed (see Formalization scope), so a formal proof would close a real gap in the published argument.

Difficulty

The upper bound of order n\sqrt nn​ (Lemma 3) follows from a variance computation. The lower bound must hold for every non-adaptive policy, including time-varying ones, and the obvious argument does not cover them. That argument compares a policy with the index policy and shows the index policy loses n\sqrt nn​. A policy can, however, differ from the index policy by order n\sqrt nn​ in its expected selection counts and still have regret of the same order. The step "small regret forces sj(π)≈sj∗s_j(\pi)\approx s^*_jsj​(π)≈sj∗​", which the source uses, is exactly the step that fails.

What has to be shown is that the selection count ∑tBt\sum_tB_t∑t​Bt​ of an optimal policy fluctuates by order n\sqrt nn​, uniformly in the policy. A policy that runs out of budget early then misses top-value candidates late in the horizon, and one that keeps budget wastes slots. Both effects must be bounded below by a multiple of n\sqrt nn​ that is uniform over all masses with the same ϵ\epsilonϵ. Lemma 5 needs a normal approximation with an explicit, qqq-independent error. Lemma 7 needs the existence of an optimal policy, which is a maximisation over a continuum of matrices.

Formalization scope

The source is the arXiv preprint arXiv:1710.07719v2 (1 June 2018). Its printed page numbers equal the PDF page numbers.

  • Indices. The value and mass vectors are a f : Fin m → ℝ. Lean index jjj is the paper's index j+1j+1j+1, so a 0 =a1=a_1=a1​ is the largest value and f (Fin.rev 0) =fm=f_m=fm​ is the mass of the smallest. The standing assumptions of Sec. 2 are IsValues a (strictly decreasing, positive) and IsMasses f (positive, summing to one).
  • Expectations. All expectations are finite sums over outcome sequences. For the offline problem these are x:Fin n→Fin mx:\mathrm{Fin}\,n\to\mathrm{Fin}\,mx:Finn→Finm with weight ∏tfxt\prod_tf_{x_t}∏t​fxt​​. For a non-adaptive policy they are pairs (Xt,Bt)(X_t,B_t)(Xt​,Bt​) with weight ∏tfxt pxt,tbt(1−pxt,t)1−bt\prod_tf_{x_t}\,p_{x_t,t}^{b_t}(1-p_{x_t,t})^{1-b_t}∏t​fxt​​pxt​,tbt​​(1−pxt​,t​)1−bt​. No measure theory is used.
  • Selection rule. A candidate is selected iff its coin is 111 and fewer than kkk earlier coins were 111. This equals the paper's "up to the stopping time ν\nuν" for k≥1k\ge1k≥1. At k=0k=0k=0 the printed ν=1\nu=1ν=1 would allow a selection without budget, and the feasible rule is used.
  • Suprema. Vna∗V^*_{\mathrm{na}}Vna∗​ is a supremum over all matrices with entries in [0,1][0,1][0,1], not over 0/10/10/1 matrices or the index policy alone. DRDRDR is the supremum of its linear program; it is not defined by the formula ∑jajsj∗\sum_ja_js^*_j∑j​aj​sj∗​, which is a milestone.
  • Index policy. jidj_{\mathrm{id}}jid​ is the largest index with Fˉ(ajid)≤k/n\bar F(a_{j_{\mathrm{id}}})\le k/nFˉ(ajid​​)≤k/n. As printed the defining inequality has no solution at k=nk=nk=n.
  • Constants. Each constant is quantified after (ϵ,m,a)(\epsilon,m,a)(ϵ,m,a) and before (f,n,k)(f,n,k)(f,n,k). The goal's MMM and Lemma 5's β1\beta_1β1​ are strictly positive; with M=0M=0M=0 the goal would reduce to Vna∗≤Voff∗V^*_{\mathrm{na}}\le V^*_{\mathrm{off}}Vna∗​≤Voff∗​. Theorem 3 is posed for all nnn in the range, as printed, without a threshold on nnn. Lemma 2 is stated in the multiplied form (p+ε)n≤k(p+\varepsilon)n\le k(p+ε)n≤k of its proof. Lemma 4 adds m≥2m\ge2m≥2, so that a2a_2a2​ exists.
  • Disclosed gaps in the source. The source's proof of Theorem 3 relies on a lemma that fails as printed (Lemma 6, p. 26), so Lemma 6 is not part of this mission. The statement of Theorem 3 is posed as in the source. The printed argument for the second inequality of Lemma 7's (36) does not go through, and a corrected one also uses am−1a_{m-1}am−1​. Lemma 7's constant is therefore quantified after all of aaa.

Contributions of any kind are welcome. Reusable pieces include binomial overshoot bounds, anti-concentration for sums of independent Bernoulli variables (for example via a Wasserstein normal approximation, which Mathlib lacks), and compactness arguments for optimal randomised policies.

Selected references

  • A. Arlotto, I. Gurvich, Uniformly Bounded Regret in the Multi-Secretary Problem, arXiv:1710.07719v2, 2018; Stochastic Systems 9(3), 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1710.07719v2
  • K. T. Talluri, G. J. van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/b139000
  • N. Ross, Fundamentals of Stein's method, Probability Surveys 8, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1214/11-PS182
  • S. Boucheron, G. Lugosi, P. Massart, Concentration Inequalities, Oxford University Press, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199535255.001.0001
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamic Programming·Captain: mikedeng1

Discrete-Time Controlled Markov Processes with Average Cost Criterion: A Survey 6: A Canonical Policy Is Strong Average Optimal and Its Average Cost Is the Optimal OneResearch Paper

Motivation

A controlled Markov process (CMP), or Markov decision process, models a system that moves randomly between states while a controller chooses actions that influence both the cost incurred and the next state. When the planning horizon is long and no discounting is natural (queueing control, inventory, communication networks, maintenance), the criterion of interest is the long-run average cost. Average-cost problems are harder than discounted ones: the dynamic programming operator is no longer a contraction, and an optimal policy need not exist without structure.

The survey of Arapostathis, Borkar, Fernández-Gaucherand, Ghosh and Marcus (SIAM J. Control Optim. 31 (1993)) organizes the theory by state space. For Borel state spaces and bounded costs, §6.1 follows Dynkin and Yushkevich and works with canonical triplets: a pair of bounded functions and a policy that make the policy optimal for every finite horizon with a fixed terminal cost. Theorem 6.3 is the statement that explains why this notion is the right one: a canonical triplet solves the average-cost problem.

Timeline. The notion of a canonical policy was introduced by Yushkevich (1973) and developed in Dynkin and Yushkevich's Controlled Markov Processes (1979, Chap. 7), which contains the substance of Theorem 6.3 (i)–(iii). Mandl (1974) introduced the discrepancy function that bears his name. The almost-sure statements (v)–(vi) are due to Georgin (1978). Coupled optimality equations for the multichain case go back to Howard (1960).

Setting

The model is a five-tuple (S,A,U,P,c)(S, A, U, P, c)(S,A,U,P,c). The state space SSS and the action space AAA are Borel spaces. For each state xxx, U(x)⊆AU(x)\subseteq AU(x)⊆A is a nonempty compact set of admissible actions, and K={(x,a):a∈U(x)}K = \{(x,a): a\in U(x)\}K={(x,a):a∈U(x)} is measurable. P(dy∣x,a)P(dy\mid x,a)P(dy∣x,a) is a transition kernel and ccc a measurable one-stage cost, nonnegative on KKK.

A policy π=(πt)\pi = (\pi_t)π=(πt​) chooses the action at time ttt at random from a kernel πt(da∣ht)\pi_t(da\mid h_t)πt​(da∣ht​) that may depend on the whole history ht=(x0,a0,…,xt)h_t = (x_0,a_0,\dots,x_t)ht​=(x0​,a0​,…,xt​) and charges only U(xt)U(x_t)U(xt​). The class of all such policies is Π\PiΠ. Each policy and initial state xxx determine a law Pxπ\mathcal P^\pi_xPxπ​ of the state–action process (Xt,At)(X_t, A_t)(Xt​,At​), with expectation ExπE^\pi_xExπ​.

For a horizon NNN and a terminal cost hhh,

JN(x,π,h)=Exπ[∑t=0N−1c(Xt,At)+h(XN)],JN(x,π)=JN(x,π,0),JN∗(x,h)=inf⁡π∈ΠJN(x,π,h).J_N(x,\pi,h) = E^\pi_x\Big[\sum_{t=0}^{N-1}c(X_t,A_t) + h(X_N)\Big],\qquad J_N(x,\pi)=J_N(x,\pi,0),\qquad J^*_N(x,h)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi}J_N(x,\pi,h).JN​(x,π,h)=Exπ​[t=0∑N−1​c(Xt​,At​)+h(XN​)],JN​(x,π)=JN​(x,π,0),JN∗​(x,h)=π∈Πinf​JN​(x,π,h).

The average cost is J(x,π)=lim sup⁡N1NJN(x,π)J(x,\pi)=\limsup_N \frac1N J_N(x,\pi)J(x,π)=limsupN​N1​JN​(x,π) and the optimal average cost is J∗(x)=inf⁡π∈ΠJ(x,π)J^*(x)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi}J(x,\pi)J∗(x)=infπ∈Π​J(x,π). The span of a bounded function is span⁡(h)=sup⁡h−inf⁡h\operatorname{span}(h)=\sup h-\inf hspan(h)=suph−infh.

With Mb(S)\mathcal M_b(S)Mb​(S) the bounded measurable functions, a triplet (ρ,h,π∗)(\rho,h,\pi^*)(ρ,h,π∗) with ρ,h∈Mb(S)\rho,h\in\mathcal M_b(S)ρ,h∈Mb​(S) and π∗∈Π\pi^*\in\Piπ∗∈Π is canonical if

JN(x,π∗,h)=JN∗(x,h)=h(x)+Nρ(x)∀N∈N0, x∈S.(6.4)J_N(x,\pi^*,h) = J^*_N(x,h) = h(x)+N\rho(x)\qquad\forall N\in\mathbb N_0,\ x\in S. \tag{6.4}JN​(x,π∗,h)=JN∗​(x,h)=h(x)+Nρ(x)∀N∈N0​, x∈S.(6.4)

A policy π∗\pi^*π∗ is strong average optimal if

lim sup⁡N→∞1NJN(x,π∗)≤lim inf⁡N→∞1NJN(x,π)∀x∈S, π∈Π.(6.5)\limsup_{N\to\infty}\frac1N J_N(x,\pi^*)\le\liminf_{N\to\infty}\frac1N J_N(x,\pi)\qquad\forall x\in S,\ \pi\in\Pi. \tag{6.5}N→∞limsup​N1​JN​(x,π∗)≤N→∞liminf​N1​JN​(x,π)∀x∈S, π∈Π.(6.5)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.3 (i)–(iii)

Let (ρ,h,π∗)(\rho,h,\pi^*)(ρ,h,π∗) be a canonical triplet and let ccc be bounded on KKK. Then for each x∈Sx\in Sx∈S:

(i)JN(x,π∗)≤JN(x,π)+span⁡(h)∀N, ∀π∈Π;\text{(i)}\quad J_N(x,\pi^*)\le J_N(x,\pi)+\operatorname{span}(h)\quad\forall N,\ \forall\pi\in\Pi;(i)JN​(x,π∗)≤JN​(x,π)+span(h)∀N, ∀π∈Π; (ii)π∗ is strong average optimal;(iii)J(x,π∗)=J∗(x)=ρ(x).\text{(ii)}\quad \pi^* \text{ is strong average optimal};\qquad \text{(iii)}\quad J(x,\pi^*)=J^*(x)=\rho(x).(ii)π∗ is strong average optimal;(iii)J(x,π∗)=J∗(x)=ρ(x).

Steps toward the goal

The proof's milestones are: JN(x,π∗,h)≤JN(x,π,h)J_N(x,\pi^*,h)\le J_N(x,\pi,h)JN​(x,π∗,h)≤JN​(x,π,h); the decomposition JN(x,π,h)=JN(x,π)+Exπ[h(XN)]J_N(x,\pi,h)=J_N(x,\pi)+E^\pi_x[h(X_N)]JN​(x,π,h)=JN​(x,π)+Exπ​[h(XN​)]; part (i) on its own; and ρ(x)=lim⁡N1NJN(x,π∗)\rho(x)=\lim_N\frac1N J_N(x,\pi^*)ρ(x)=limN​N1​JN​(x,π∗).

Further targets: Theorem 6.3 (v)–(vi)

If ρ≡ρ∗\rho\equiv\rho^*ρ≡ρ∗ is constant and Φ(x,a)=c(x,a)+∫h(y)P(dy∣x,a)−ρ∗−h(x)\Phi(x,a)=c(x,a)+\int h(y)P(dy\mid x,a)-\rho^*-h(x)Φ(x,a)=c(x,a)+∫h(y)P(dy∣x,a)−ρ∗−h(x) is Mandl's discrepancy function, then for every π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π and xxx,

lim sup⁡N→∞1N∑t=0N−1c(Xt,At)≥ρ∗Pxπ-a.s.,\limsup_{N\to\infty}\frac1N\sum_{t=0}^{N-1}c(X_t,A_t)\ge\rho^*\quad\mathcal P^\pi_x\text{-a.s.},N→∞limsup​N1​t=0∑N−1​c(Xt​,At​)≥ρ∗Pxπ​-a.s.,

and the running average converges to ρ∗\rho^*ρ∗ almost surely if and only if 1N∑t<NΦ(Xt,At)→0\frac1N\sum_{t<N}\Phi(X_t,A_t)\to0N1​∑t<N​Φ(Xt​,At​)→0 almost surely. Moreover π∗\pi^*π∗ is sample path average cost optimal. The intermediate milestones are Φ≥0\Phi\ge0Φ≥0 on KKK, the almost-sure limit 1N∑c−ρ∗−1N∑Φ→0\frac1N\sum c-\rho^*-\frac1N\sum\Phi\to0N1​∑c−ρ∗−N1​∑Φ→0 under every policy, and Φ(Xt,At)=0\Phi(X_t,A_t)=0Φ(Xt​,At​)=0 almost surely under π∗\pi^*π∗.

Significance

The result. Theorem 6.3 reduces the average-cost problem on a general Borel space to finding a canonical triplet. Once one is found, ρ\rhoρ is the optimal average cost from every initial state, possibly state-dependent as in multichain models, and the canonical policy is optimal in a strong sense: its worst-case long-run performance is no worse than the best-case long-run performance of any competitor, at every finite horizon up to the additive constant span⁡(h)\operatorname{span}(h)span(h). With constant ρ\rhoρ, optimality also holds path by path. The rest of §6 of the survey looks for conditions on ccc and PPP that produce a canonical triplet, and those results rely on this theorem.

Formalizing it. The result is classical and proved; it has no machine-checked proof that we know of. Formalization requires measure-theoretic infrastructure for history-dependent policies on Borel spaces (Ionescu-Tulcea path measures, finite-horizon costs, infima over all admissible policies) together with a strong law for bounded martingale differences for parts (v)–(vi). Both are reusable for any average-cost result on general state spaces.

Difficulty

Parts (i)–(iii) are short on paper; the work is in making every quantity genuine. The infimum JN∗J^*_NJN∗​ ranges over a class of kernels, and turning (6.4) into a usable inequality needs the family bounded below. The decomposition of JN(x,π,h)J_N(x,\pi,h)JN​(x,π,h) needs integrability, which comes from the almost-sure confinement of the trajectory to KKK, a consequence of admissibility under the path measure. Parts (v)–(vi) need the conditional expectation identity Exπ[c(Xt,At)+h(Xt+1)−ρ∗−h(Xt)∣Ht,At]=Φ(Xt,At)E^\pi_x[c(X_t,A_t)+h(X_{t+1})-\rho^*-h(X_t)\mid H_t,A_t]=\Phi(X_t,A_t)Exπ​[c(Xt​,At​)+h(Xt+1​)−ρ∗−h(Xt​)∣Ht​,At​]=Φ(Xt​,At​) from the Markov structure of the path measure, and a martingale strong law. The tempting shortcut of restricting to stationary or Markov policies is not available: π∗\pi^*π∗ and every competitor are arbitrary history-dependent randomized policies.

Formalization scope

  • SSS is a standard Borel space and AAA a Borel space; U(x)U(x)U(x) is nonempty and compact with measurable graph KKK; c≥0c\ge0c≥0 on KKK (Assumption 2.1, which the paper assumes throughout). ccc and PPP are defined on S×AS\times AS×A and only their values on KKK enter.
  • Π\PiΠ is the class of history-dependent randomized admissible policies (p. 285). Neither π∗\pi^*π∗ nor the competitors are restricted.
  • Pxπ\mathcal P^\pi_xPxπ​ is Mathlib's Kernel.trajMeasure. JNJ_NJN​ is a Bochner integral and JN∗J^*_NJN∗​ a real infimum; every theorem assumes ccc bounded on KKK, which makes both genuine.
  • JJJ, J∗J^*J∗, both sides of (6.5), and the sample path average cost JSJ_SJS​ are computed in EReal, so no limit superior or inferior is a junk value. Part (iii) is the two equalities J(x,π∗)=J∗(x)J(x,\pi^*)=J^*(x)J(x,π∗)=J∗(x) and J∗(x)=ρ(x)J^*(x)=\rho(x)J∗(x)=ρ(x).
  • Part (iv) is not posed: its proof goes through value iteration under Assumptions 2.1–2.3, which Theorem 6.3 does not assume.
  • Part (vi) is stated under the hypothesis of (v), ρ≡ρ∗\rho\equiv\rho^*ρ≡ρ∗ constant. As printed it has no hypothesis on ρ\rhoρ and is false: two absorbing states with costs 000 and 111 give a canonical triplet whose pathwise average costs differ by state.
  • The identity JN(x,π,h)=JN(x,π)+Exπ[h(XN)]J_N(x,\pi,h)=J_N(x,\pi)+E^\pi_x[h(X_N)]JN​(x,π,h)=JN​(x,π)+Exπ​[h(XN​)] is stated for every π\piπ; the page writes it for π∗\pi^*π∗ and applies it to an arbitrary π\piπ in the proof of (i).
  • The sentence "for a canonical policy π∗\pi^*π∗, Φ(Xt,At)=0\Phi(X_t,A_t)=0Φ(Xt​,At​)=0, Pxπ\mathcal P^\pi_xPxπ​-a.s." is stated with Pxπ∗\mathcal P^{\pi^*}_xPxπ∗​, the only reading that makes sense.
  • Φ≥0\Phi\ge0Φ≥0 is derived on the page from (6.7) via Theorem 6.2, which covers stationary π∗\pi^*π∗; here it is stated directly from the canonical triplet for arbitrary π∗∈Π\pi^*\in\Piπ∗∈Π.
  • Sample path optimality quantifies over all initial laws (probability measures on SSS), as on p. 288.
  • None of the hypotheses is vacuous: the one-state, one-action model with zero cost and ρ≡h≡0\rho\equiv h\equiv0ρ≡h≡0 is a canonical triplet (checked in Lean). Strong average optimality is stated as limsup against liminf, not the weaker limsup against limsup.

Contributions welcome: a.s. confinement of trajectories to KKK, integrability lemmas for JNJ_NJN​, the Markov property of trajMeasure in the form above, and a strong law for bounded martingale differences.

Selected references

  • A. Arapostathis, V. S. Borkar, E. Fernández-Gaucherand, M. K. Ghosh, S. I. Marcus, Discrete-time controlled Markov processes with average cost criterion: a survey, SIAM J. Control Optim. 31(2) (1993) 282–344. https://doi.org/10.1137/0331018 (Theorem 6.3 on p. 318, its proof on pp. 318–319; (6.4), (6.5) on p. 316)
  • E. B. Dynkin, A. A. Yushkevich, Controlled Markov Processes, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1979 (reference [51] of the survey; Chap. 7).
  • A. A. Yushkevich, On a class of strategies in general Markov decision models, Theory Probab. Appl. 18 (1973) 777–779 (reference [204] of the survey).
  • P. Mandl, Estimation and control in Markov chains, Adv. Appl. Probab. 6 (1974) 40–60 (reference [124] of the survey).
  • J.-P. Georgin, Contrôle de chaînes de Markov sur des espaces arbitraires, Ann. Inst. H. Poincaré Sect. B 14 (1978) 255–277 (reference [72] of the survey).
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1960 (reference [95] of the survey).
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamic Programming·Captain: mikedeng1

Discrete-Time Controlled Markov Processes with Average Cost Criterion: A Survey 5: Canonical Triplets Are Exactly the Solutions of the Coupled Optimality EquationsResearch Paper

Motivation

A controlled Markov process run under the long-run average cost criterion asks for a policy minimizing the asymptotic cost per stage. When every stationary policy induces a single recurrent class, the optimal average cost is a constant and is characterized by one equation, the average cost optimality equation (ACOE). In general it is not: under some policies the state process splits into several ergodic classes, different classes have different optimal costs, and the optimal average cost is a function ρ(x)\rho(x)ρ(x) of the initial state. This is the multichain case.

For finite models, Howard ([Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, 1960, pp. 61–62]) introduced a pair of coupled equations for this situation: one for the gain function ρ\rhoρ alone, and one, the ACOE, for ρ\rhoρ together with a relative value function hhh. Denardo and Fox (1968) developed the approach for finite multichain Markov renewal programs. For general Borel models, Yushkevich (1973) and Dynkin and Yushkevich (1979) introduced canonical triplets: a gain ρ\rhoρ, a terminal cost hhh and a policy π∗\pi^*π∗ such that π∗\pi^*π∗ is optimal for every finite horizon NNN with terminal cost hhh, and the optimal NNN-stage cost is exactly h+Nρh + N\rhoh+Nρ. The survey of Arapostathis, Borkar, Fernández-Gaucherand, Ghosh and Marcus (SIAM J. Control Optim. 31 (1993), §6.1) states the link between the two notions as Theorem 6.2 and proves it on p. 317.

Setting

A controlled Markov process is a five-tuple (S,A,U,P,c)(\mathbf S, \mathbf A, U, P, c)(S,A,U,P,c):

  1. S\mathbf SS, the state space, and A\mathbf AA, the action space, are Borel spaces;
  2. U(x)⊆AU(x) \subseteq \mathbf AU(x)⊆A is the nonempty compact set of admissible actions at xxx, and K={(x,a):a∈U(x)}\mathbf K = \{(x,a) : a \in U(x)\}K={(x,a):a∈U(x)} is measurable;
  3. P(dy∣x,a)P(dy \mid x, a)P(dy∣x,a) is a transition kernel on S\mathbf SS given K\mathbf KK;
  4. c:K→Rc : \mathbf K \to \mathbb Rc:K→R is a measurable one-stage cost with c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 (the paper's standing Assumption 2.1).

A history is ht=(x0,a0,…,xt−1,at−1,xt)h_t = (x_0, a_0, \dots, x_{t-1}, a_{t-1}, x_t)ht​=(x0​,a0​,…,xt−1​,at−1​,xt​). An admissible policy π=(πt)\pi = (\pi_t)π=(πt​) is a sequence of stochastic kernels πt(⋅∣ht)\pi_t(\cdot \mid h_t)πt​(⋅∣ht​) on A\mathbf AA with πt(U(xt)∣ht)=1\pi_t(U(x_t) \mid h_t) = 1πt​(U(xt​)∣ht​)=1; the class of all of them is Π\PiΠ. A stationary deterministic policy f∈ΠSDf \in \Pi_{SD}f∈ΠSD​ is a measurable map f:S→Af : \mathbf S \to \mathbf Af:S→A with f(x)∈U(x)f(x) \in U(x)f(x)∈U(x). An initial state xxx and a policy π\piπ determine a probability measure Pxπ\mathcal P^\pi_xPxπ​ on trajectories, with expectation ExπE^\pi_xExπ​. For a terminal cost hhh and N∈N0N \in \mathbb N_0N∈N0​,

JN(x,π,h)=Exπ[∑t=0N−1c(Xt,At)+h(XN)],JN∗(x,h)=inf⁡π∈ΠJN(x,π,h).J_N(x, \pi, h) = E^\pi_x\Big[\sum_{t=0}^{N-1} c(X_t, A_t) + h(X_N)\Big], \qquad J^*_N(x, h) = \inf_{\pi \in \Pi} J_N(x, \pi, h).JN​(x,π,h)=Exπ​[t=0∑N−1​c(Xt​,At​)+h(XN​)],JN∗​(x,h)=π∈Πinf​JN​(x,π,h).

Mb(S)\mathcal M_b(\mathbf S)Mb​(S) denotes the bounded measurable real functions on S\mathbf SS. For R,H∈Mb(S)R, H \in \mathcal M_b(\mathbf S)R,H∈Mb​(S) and π∗∈Π\pi^* \in \Piπ∗∈Π, the triplet (R,H,π∗)(R, H, \pi^*)(R,H,π∗) is canonical if

JN(x,π∗,H)=JN∗(x,H)=H(x)+NR(x)∀N∈N0, x∈S.(6.4)J_N(x, \pi^*, H) = J^*_N(x, H) = H(x) + N R(x) \qquad \forall N \in \mathbb N_0,\ x \in \mathbf S. \tag{6.4}JN​(x,π∗,H)=JN∗​(x,H)=H(x)+NR(x)∀N∈N0​, x∈S.(6.4)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.2

Let π∗∈ΠSD\pi^* \in \Pi_{SD}π∗∈ΠSD​, ρ,h∈Mb(S)\rho, h \in \mathcal M_b(\mathbf S)ρ,h∈Mb​(S), and ccc bounded on K\mathbf KK. Then (ρ,h,π∗)(\rho, h, \pi^*)(ρ,h,π∗) is a canonical triplet if and only if, for all x∈Sx \in \mathbf Sx∈S,

ρ(x)=inf⁡a∈U(x){∫Sρ(y)P(dy∣x,a)},(6.6)\rho(x) = \inf_{a \in U(x)} \Big\{ \int_{\mathbf S} \rho(y) P(dy \mid x, a) \Big\}, \tag{6.6}ρ(x)=a∈U(x)inf​{∫S​ρ(y)P(dy∣x,a)},(6.6) ρ(x)+h(x)=inf⁡a∈U(x){c(x,a)+∫Sh(y)P(dy∣x,a)},(6.7)\rho(x) + h(x) = \inf_{a \in U(x)} \Big\{ c(x,a) + \int_{\mathbf S} h(y) P(dy \mid x, a) \Big\}, \tag{6.7}ρ(x)+h(x)=a∈U(x)inf​{c(x,a)+∫S​h(y)P(dy∣x,a)},(6.7)

and π∗(x)\pi^*(x)π∗(x) attains the infimum in both (6.6) and (6.7).

Milestones (the steps of the proof on p. 317)

  1. One-step decomposition (last line of (6.8)): for f∈ΠSDf \in \Pi_{SD}f∈ΠSD​, JN+1(x,f,h)=c(x,f(x))+∫JN(y,f,h)P(dy∣x,f(x))J_{N+1}(x, f, h) = c(x, f(x)) + \int J_N(y, f, h) P(dy \mid x, f(x))JN+1​(x,f,h)=c(x,f(x))+∫JN​(y,f,h)P(dy∣x,f(x)).
  2. Dynamic programming step (second line of (6.8)): if JN∗(⋅,h)J^*_N(\cdot, h)JN∗​(⋅,h) is bounded and measurable, then JN+1(x,π,h)≥T(JN∗)(x)J_{N+1}(x, \pi, h) \ge T(J^*_N)(x)JN+1​(x,π,h)≥T(JN∗​)(x) for every admissible π\piπ, where T(v)(x)=inf⁡a∈U(x){c(x,a)+∫v dP(⋅∣x,a)}T(v)(x) = \inf_{a \in U(x)}\{c(x,a) + \int v\, dP(\cdot \mid x, a)\}T(v)(x)=infa∈U(x)​{c(x,a)+∫vdP(⋅∣x,a)} is the map (2.5).
  3. Sufficiency, lower bound: under (6.6)–(6.7) and JN∗=h+NρJ^*_N = h + N\rhoJN∗​=h+Nρ, JN+1∗≥h+(N+1)ρJ^*_{N+1} \ge h + (N+1)\rhoJN+1∗​≥h+(N+1)ρ.
  4. Sufficiency, upper bound: under (6.6)–(6.7) and JN(⋅,π∗,h)=h+NρJ_N(\cdot, \pi^*, h) = h + N\rhoJN​(⋅,π∗,h)=h+Nρ, JN+1(⋅,π∗,h)=h+(N+1)ρ≥JN+1∗J_{N+1}(\cdot, \pi^*, h) = h + (N+1)\rho \ge J^*_{N+1}JN+1​(⋅,π∗,h)=h+(N+1)ρ≥JN+1∗​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 6.2 turns a statement about every finite horizon and every history-dependent randomized policy into two pointwise equations in (ρ,h)(\rho, h)(ρ,h) and a pointwise selection condition on π∗\pi^*π∗. A canonical policy is NNN-stage optimal for every NNN with terminal cost hhh; dividing (6.4) by NNN shows that its average cost is ρ\rhoρ. In the paper this is the entry point of Theorem 6.3, which shows that a canonical policy is strong average optimal and that ρ\rhoρ is the optimal average cost, without any recurrence assumption. Equation (6.6) is the condition that makes ρ\rhoρ behave as a constant in the optimization; when ρ\rhoρ is constant it holds trivially, and Theorem 6.2 specializes to the bounded ACOE with a minimizing selector.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper (and earlier by Yushkevich). This mission formalizes that proof on a general Borel model with history-dependent randomized policies and path measures built by the Ionescu-Tulcea theorem. Prove2Me has no formalization of the multichain coupled equations or of canonical triplets beyond finite models. The finite-horizon dynamic programming inequality of milestone 2, for policies that may use the whole history, is reusable in any finite-horizon or average-cost development on Borel spaces.

Difficulty

The algebra in the proof takes a few lines. The work is in two probabilistic facts that the paper uses without comment.

The first is the Markov decomposition of the (N+1)(N+1)(N+1)-stage cost: conditioning on the first state–action pair turns the remaining NNN stages into an NNN-stage problem started from the next state. For a stationary policy the continuation is the same policy. For a history-dependent policy, the continuation is a policy that depends measurably on (x0,a0)(x_0, a_0)(x0​,a0​). Expressing this on the Ionescu-Tulcea measure is where the effort goes.

The second is the identity JN+1∗=T(JN∗)J^*_{N+1} = T(J^*_N)JN+1∗​=T(JN∗​). On a Borel model, JN∗J^*_NJN∗​ need not be measurable and the infimum need not be attained by a measurable selector. That is why the paper usually works with semicontinuous models (p. 288). Theorem 6.2 avoids the issue: only the inequality JN+1∗≥T(JN∗)J^*_{N+1} \ge T(J^*_N)JN+1∗​≥T(JN∗​) is needed, under the measurability that JN∗=h+NρJ^*_N = h + N\rhoJN∗​=h+Nρ supplies, and the reverse direction is supplied by the given π∗\pi^*π∗. A first attempt that proves the full identity JN+1∗=T(JN∗)J^*_{N+1} = T(J^*_N)JN+1∗​=T(JN∗​) for general Borel models runs into measurable selection problems that the theorem never needs.

Formalization scope

  • Model. BorelCMP S A has standard Borel S and Borel A, compact nonempty U x with measurable graph, a measurable cost c : S × A → ℝ with c ≥ 0 on K, and a Markov kernel P. c and P are total on S × A; only values on K enter. No continuity of c or P is assumed: Theorem 6.2 does not use Assumptions 2.2, 2.3 or 6.1.
  • Policies. Policy M is the paper's Π\PiΠ: history-dependent, randomized, with admissibility πt(U(xt)c∣ht)=0\pi_t(U(x_t)^c \mid h_t) = 0πt​(U(xt​)c∣ht​)=0. StationaryPolicy M is ΠSD\Pi_{SD}ΠSD​ (measurable fff with f(x)∈U(x)f(x) \in U(x)f(x)∈U(x)). The infimum JN∗J^*_NJN∗​ ranges over all of Policy M. Restricting it to stationary policies would make sufficiency trivial and necessity false, and is not what the paper states.
  • Costs. JN(x,π,h)J_N(x, \pi, h)JN​(x,π,h) is a Bochner integral against the path measure. Every statement assumes ccc bounded on K\mathbf KK and hhh bounded measurable, so the integral is a genuine expectation. JN∗J^*_NJN∗​ is a real infimum, which is the true infimum because the family is bounded below by −sup⁡∣h∣-\sup|h|−sup∣h∣ and nonempty whenever a stationary policy is given.
  • Coupled equations. (6.6) and (6.7) with "π∗(x)\pi^*(x)π∗(x) attains the infimum" are encoded in attained form: equality at a=π∗(x)a = \pi^*(x)a=π∗(x) and the inequality for every a∈U(x)a \in U(x)a∈U(x). This is equivalent to the printed condition and never forms a real infimum.
  • The gain is a function. ρ\rhoρ is a function of the state, not a constant. Specializing to a constant ρ\rhoρ (the unichain case) would trivialize (6.6) and is not the theorem.
  • Explicit choices. The paper's induction from N−1N-1N−1 to NNN is stated from NNN to N+1N+1N+1, so that no natural-number subtraction appears. Milestone 2 takes the measurability and boundedness of JN∗(⋅,h)J^*_N(\cdot, h)JN∗​(⋅,h) as a hypothesis, and takes any pointwise lower bound www of T(JN∗)T(J^*_N)T(JN∗​) in place of the infimum. In the second display of the sufficiency part, the paper prints JN−1∗(y,π∗,h)J^*_{N-1}(y, \pi^*, h)JN−1∗​(y,π∗,h); the quantity meant is JN−1(y,π∗,h)J_{N-1}(y, \pi^*, h)JN−1​(y,π∗,h), which milestone 4 uses.
  • Infrastructure. A complete development needs the Markov property of Kernel.trajMeasure at the first step, the shifted (continuation) policy and its measurability in the first state–action pair, and bounded-convergence bookkeeping for the Bochner integrals. These are reusable for every finite-horizon statement on this model. Proofs of the milestones are welcome independently. So are alternative proofs of the goal that bypass milestone 2 and argue directly with the canonical policy.

Selected references

  • A. Arapostathis, V. S. Borkar, E. Fernández-Gaucherand, M. K. Ghosh, S. I. Marcus, Discrete-time controlled Markov processes with average cost criterion: a survey, SIAM J. Control Optim. 31(2) (1993), 282–344, §6.1, Theorem 6.2. https://doi.org/10.1137/0331018
  • A. A. Yushkevich, On a class of strategies in general Markov decision models, Theory Probab. Appl. 18 (1973), 777–779.
  • E. B. Dynkin, A. A. Yushkevich, Controlled Markov Processes, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1979.
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1960, pp. 61–62.
  • E. V. Denardo, B. L. Fox, Multichain Markov renewal programs, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 16 (1968), 468–487.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Stochastic Matrices Associated with Certain Queuing Processes 2: The GI/M/1 Imbedded Chain Is Ergodic iff ρ < 1 and Recurrent iff ρ ≤ 1Research Paper

Motivation

A single-server queue in which customers arrive according to a renewal process and are served in exponentially distributed times is the system GI/M/1. Observed just before successive arrivals, its queue length is a Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…}, the imbedded chain introduced by D. G. Kendall (Kendall 1953, Ann. Math. Statist. 24, pp. 338–354). Whether this chain settles into a statistical equilibrium, keeps returning to the empty state without one, or drifts off to infinity is the first question asked about the queue, and every later quantity (stationary queue lengths, waiting-time distributions) presupposes the answer.

F. G. Foster's 1953 paper (Foster 1953) answers it for GI/M/1 and for M/G/1 by a different route from Kendall's direct analysis: it first proves general criteria, stated in terms of solutions of linear equations and inequalities in the transition matrix, for a countable Markov chain to be ergodic, recurrent or transient, and then checks them on the two queueing matrices. The criteria are of independent use; one of them (Theorem 2 of the paper) is now known as Foster's criterion, the starting point of the drift (Lyapunov-function) method for stability of Markov chains and queueing networks.

Timeline. Kendall (1951, J. Roy. Statist. Soc. B 13) studied queue-length processes directly, including a recurrence argument for M/G/1 that Foster's §3 reproduces; Kendall (1953) introduced the imbedded-chain method and, for GI/M/1, proved by it that ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1 is sufficient for ergodicity (Foster 1953, p. 359); Foster (1953) proved the full classification, ergodic iff ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1 and recurrent iff ρ≤1\rho \le 1ρ≤1, by the general criteria. This mission treats the GI/M/1 half; a companion mission treats M/G/1.

Setting

A transition matrix on the states {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…} is an array [pij][p_{ij}][pij​] of nonnegative reals whose rows sum to 111. For a state jjj, fjjf_{jj}fjj​ is the probability that the chain started at jjj returns to jjj at some later step. The chain is recurrent if fjj=1f_{jj} = 1fjj​=1 for every jjj, transient if fjj<1f_{jj} < 1fjj​<1 for every jjj, and ergodic (recurrent-nonnull, positive recurrent) if moreover every mean recurrence time ∑nnfjj(n)\sum_n n f^{(n)}_{jj}∑n​nfjj(n)​ is finite. Foster's general theorems concern an irreducible chain (every state reachable from every state), assumed aperiodic for simplicity.

The GI/M/1 chain is described by a sequence a=(an)n≥0a = (a_n)_{n \ge 0}a=(an​)n≥0​ of positive numbers with ∑nan=1\sum_n a_n = 1∑n​an​=1: ana_nan​ is the probability that exactly nnn services are completed between two arrivals. With the tails αi=∑j≥i+1aj\alpha_i = \sum_{j \ge i+1} a_jαi​=∑j≥i+1​aj​,

[pij]=[α0a000⋯α1a1a00⋯α2a2a1a0⋯⋮⋮⋮⋮],[p_{ij}] = \begin{bmatrix} \alpha_0 & a_0 & 0 & 0 & \cdots \\ \alpha_1 & a_1 & a_0 & 0 & \cdots \\ \alpha_2 & a_2 & a_1 & a_0 & \cdots \\ \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \end{bmatrix},[pij​]=​α0​α1​α2​⋮​a0​a1​a2​⋮​0a0​a1​⋮​00a0​⋮​⋯⋯⋯​​,

that is pi0=αip_{i0} = \alpha_ipi0​=αi​, pij=ai+1−jp_{ij} = a_{i+1-j}pij​=ai+1−j​ for 1≤j≤i+11 \le j \le i+11≤j≤i+1, and pij=0p_{ij} = 0pij​=0 for j>i+1j > i+1j>i+1. In Lean this matrix is gim1Matrix a. The traffic parameter ρ\rhoρ is defined through its inverse,

ρ−1=∑n=1∞n an∈(0,∞],\rho^{-1} = \sum_{n=1}^{\infty} n\, a_n \in (0, \infty],ρ−1=n=1∑∞​nan​∈(0,∞],

the mean number of service completions per interarrival interval (rhoInv a, and rho a =ρ= \rho=ρ).

Formalization targets

Goal: the classification of GI/M/1 (§4, p. 359)

the chain is ergodic  ⟺  ρ<1,the chain is recurrent  ⟺  ρ≤1.\text{the chain is ergodic} \iff \rho < 1, \qquad \text{the chain is recurrent} \iff \rho \le 1 .the chain is ergodic⟺ρ<1,the chain is recurrent⟺ρ≤1.

Together: ergodic for ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, recurrent-null for ρ=1\rho = 1ρ=1, transient for ρ>1\rho > 1ρ>1. The statement carries no constants and leaves the sequence aaa free apart from positivity and normalization.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 7 (p. 358): for a probability distribution {pn}\{p_n\}{pn​} with p0>0p_0 > 0p0​>0, the equation ∑n≥0znpn=z\sum_{n \ge 0} z^n p_n = z∑n≥0​znpn​=z has a root in (0,1)(0, 1)(0,1) iff ∑n≥1npn>1\sum_{n\ge1} n p_n > 1∑n≥1​npn​>1.
  2. Theorem 1, sufficiency (p. 355): a nonnull solution of ∑ixipij=xj\sum_i x_i p_{ij} = x_j∑i​xi​pij​=xj​ with ∑i∣xi∣<∞\sum_i |x_i| < \infty∑i​∣xi​∣<∞ makes the system ergodic.
  3. Theorem 1, necessity (p. 355): in an ergodic system every nonnegative solution of ∑ixipij≤xj\sum_i x_i p_{ij} \le x_j∑i​xi​pij​≤xj​ has ∑ixi<∞\sum_i x_i < \infty∑i​xi​<∞.
  4. Theorem 4 (pp. 356–357): the system is transient iff ∑jpijyj=yi\sum_j p_{ij} y_j = y_i∑j​pij​yj​=yi​ (i≠0i \ne 0i=0) has a bounded nonconstant solution.

Milestones 2–4 are stated for a general irreducible aperiodic chain.

Significance

The classification tells exactly when the GI/M/1 queue is stable: the stationary distribution of the imbedded chain, which is geometric, exists precisely in the ergodic case ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, and for ρ>1\rho > 1ρ>1 the queue grows without bound. Theorems 1 and 4 are general tools, reusable for any countable chain: Theorem 1 characterizes ergodicity by summable invariant vectors, Theorem 4 characterizes transience by bounded harmonic functions off one state. Theorem 7 is the extinction criterion of branching processes and recurs throughout applied probability.

All of these results are proved in the literature (Foster 1953; Feller's textbook for Theorem 7 and a version of Theorem 4). As far as a search of the platform shows, none of them has a machine-checked proof; the platform holds related special cases for the G/M/1 queue with a specific interarrival law (QueueingFundamentals.GM1.unique_root_unit_interval, open), but not the general lemma or the classification. A formalization would provide the general criteria as reusable library results and the first verified stability classification of a non-Markovian queue's imbedded chain.

Difficulty

The matrix is explicit, but none of the three properties is a finite computation: ergodicity and recurrence are statements about return times over all horizons, so each direction must go through an existence or nonexistence statement about infinite systems of equations. For the converse directions the obvious argument fails: exhibiting a candidate solution such as xi≡1x_i \equiv 1xi​≡1 shows nothing until it is known that ergodicity forces every such solution to be summable, and showing that no bounded nonconstant solution of (7) exists when ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1 requires control of all solutions, not of one. The general criteria themselves rest on limit theorems for pij(n)p_{ij}^{(n)}pij(n)​ and on interchanging infinite sums, and the infinite-mean case ∑nan=∞\sum n a_n = \infty∑nan​=∞ has to be carried along everywhere.

Formalization scope

  • The Markov-chain vocabulary is the published definition QueueingFundamentals_Foundations_MarkovChain: TransitionMatrix (entries p, nonnegativity, rows summing to 111 via HasSum), returnProb, meanRecurrenceTime, Irreducible, Aperiodic, PositiveRecurrent. "Ergodic" is PositiveRecurrent. IsRecurrent and IsTransient are defined state by state from returnProb; their complementarity for irreducible chains is a theorem, not a definition.
  • States are indexed from 000, as in the paper. The goal quantifies over every TransitionMatrix whose entries equal gim1Matrix a; such a matrix exists for every admissible aaa (rows sum to 111), so the statement is not vacuous.
  • ρ−1\rho^{-1}ρ−1 and ρ\rhoρ live in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞), with ∞−1=0\infty^{-1} = 0∞−1=0: an infinite mean gives ρ=0\rho = 0ρ=0, and that chain is ergodic.
  • The goal does not assume irreducibility or aperiodicity: they follow from an>0a_n > 0an​>0. Milestones 2–4 carry them, as the paper's standing assumptions (§1).
  • Every infinite series appearing in a hypothesis is required to converge (HasSum or Summable), so that a divergent series cannot satisfy an equation or inequality vacuously. In Theorem 1's sufficiency half the xix_ixi​ may be of either sign. In Theorem 7 the distribution is renamed qqq to avoid a clash with pijp_{ij}pij​.
  • Ruled out as trivializing: defining ρ\rhoρ by a real inverse of a real series, defining "ergodic" as the existence of a summable invariant vector (which is Theorem 1's condition), or stating the goal over a matrix that need not exist.
  • Not included: the paper's explicit description of the solutions of (7) for ρ≥1\rho \ge 1ρ≥1 via the generating function (1−z){A(z)−z}−1(1 - z)\{A(z) - z\}^{-1}(1−z){A(z)−z}−1, and the M/G/1 half (Theorems 2, 3, 5), which is the companion mission. Contributions welcome: proofs of the general criteria (reusable for any countable chain), of Theorem 7, and lemmas on the GI/M/1 matrix such as irreducibility and aperiodicity.

Selected references

  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Ann. Math. Statist. 24 (1953), 355–360. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • D. G. Kendall, Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain, Ann. Math. Statist. 24 (1953), 338–354 (the paper immediately preceding Foster's in the same issue).
  • D. G. Kendall, Some problems in the theory of queues, J. Roy. Statist. Soc. B 13 (1951), 151–185.
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. 1, Wiley, 1950.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case VIII: The Infinite-Horizon Borel Models — the Optimality Equation J* = T(J*) under (P), (N), (D)Textbook

Motivation

Infinite horizon dynamic programming asks for the least expected cost of controlling a stochastic system forever, and for a policy attaining it. On finite or countable state spaces the theory has been classical since Bellman, Blackwell (1965) and Strauch (1966). Many models in operations research, inventory control, queueing and economics have continuous states and controls, however, and there the Bellman equation raises a question the countable theory never meets: the optimal cost need not be Borel-measurable, so its expectation under the transition law, which the equation requires, may not be defined.

Bertsekas and Shreve (1978) settled this question by working with lower semianalytic cost functions and universally measurable policies. In that framework the optimal cost is always measurable enough to be integrated, and the optimality equation holds with no continuity or compactness assumption. Chapter 9 of their book treats the infinite horizon model under the three classical cost structures: nonnegative costs (P), nonpositive costs (N), and bounded discounted costs (D).

Timeline:

  • 1965: Blackwell, discounted dynamic programming on Borel spaces with Borel-measurable data, case (D).
  • 1966: Strauch, negative dynamic programming, case (N), with Borel-measurable data.
  • 1978: Bertsekas and Shreve, Chapter 9: lower semianalytic costs and universally measurable policies, in all three cases (P), (N), (D).
  • 1979: Shreve and Bertsekas, the journal account of universally measurable policies.

Setting

An infinite horizon stochastic optimal control model (SM) is an eight-tuple (S,C,U,W,p,f,α,g)(S, C, U, W, p, f, \alpha, g)(S,C,U,W,p,f,α,g). The state space SSS, the control space CCC and the disturbance space WWW are nonempty Borel spaces, that is, spaces homeomorphic to Borel subsets of complete separable metric spaces. The control constraint UUU assigns to each state xxx a nonempty set U(x)⊆CU(x) \subseteq CU(x)⊆C, and the set Γ={(x,u)∣u∈U(x)}\Gamma = \{(x,u) \mid u \in U(x)\}Γ={(x,u)∣u∈U(x)} is analytic. The disturbance kernel p(dw∣x,u)p(dw \mid x, u)p(dw∣x,u) is a Borel stochastic kernel and the system function f:SCW→Sf : SCW \to Sf:SCW→S is Borel. The discount factor is α>0\alpha > 0α>0, and the one-stage cost g:Γ→[−∞,∞]g : \Gamma \to [-\infty, \infty]g:Γ→[−∞,∞] is lower semianalytic: each sublevel set {g<c}\{g < c\}{g<c} is analytic. The state moves by xk+1=f(xk,uk,wk)x_{k+1} = f(x_k, u_k, w_k)xk+1​=f(xk​,uk​,wk​), with transition kernel t(B∣x,u)=p({w∣f(x,u,w)∈B}∣x,u)t(B \mid x, u) = p(\{w \mid f(x,u,w) \in B\} \mid x, u)t(B∣x,u)=p({w∣f(x,u,w)∈B}∣x,u).

A policy π=(μ0,μ1,… )\pi = (\mu_0, \mu_1, \dots)π=(μ0​,μ1​,…) chooses uku_kuk​ at random from a universally measurable stochastic kernel μk(duk∣x0,u0,…,xk)\mu_k(du_k \mid x_0, u_0, \dots, x_k)μk​(duk​∣x0​,u0​,…,xk​) concentrated on U(xk)U(x_k)U(xk​); Π′\Pi'Π′ is the set of all policies. A policy is Markov if each μk\mu_kμk​ depends only on xkx_kxk​, and it is stationary if, moreover, μk=μ\mu_k = \muμk​=μ for all kkk. Writing qk(π,px)q_k(\pi, p_x)qk​(π,px​) for the law of (xk,uk)(x_k, u_k)(xk​,uk​) started from x0=xx_0 = xx0​=x, the cost of π\piπ and the optimal cost are

Jπ(x)=∑k=0∞αk∫g dqk(π,px),J∗(x)=inf⁡π∈Π′Jπ(x).J_\pi(x) = \sum_{k=0}^\infty \alpha^k \int g\, dq_k(\pi, p_x), \qquad J^*(x) = \inf_{\pi \in \Pi'} J_\pi(x).Jπ​(x)=k=0∑∞​αk∫gdqk​(π,px​),J∗(x)=π∈Π′inf​Jπ​(x).

For J:S→[−∞,∞]J : S \to [-\infty, \infty]J:S→[−∞,∞], the dynamic programming operators are

T(J)(x)=inf⁡u∈U(x){g(x,u)+α∫SJ(x′) t(dx′∣x,u)},Tμ(J)(x)=∫C[g(x,u)+α∫SJ dt]μ(du∣x).T(J)(x) = \inf_{u \in U(x)} \Big\{ g(x,u) + \alpha \int_S J(x')\, t(dx' \mid x, u) \Big\}, \qquad T_\mu(J)(x) = \int_C \Big[ g(x,u) + \alpha \int_S J\, dt \Big] \mu(du \mid x).T(J)(x)=u∈U(x)inf​{g(x,u)+α∫S​J(x′)t(dx′∣x,u)},Tμ​(J)(x)=∫C​[g(x,u)+α∫S​Jdt]μ(du∣x).

The three cases are (P) g≥0g \ge 0g≥0 on Γ\GammaΓ; (N) g≤0g \le 0g≤0 on Γ\GammaΓ; (D) α<1\alpha < 1α<1 and ∣g∣≤b|g| \le b∣g∣≤b on Γ\GammaΓ for some real bbb.

Formalization targets

Goal: the optimality equation (Proposition 9.8, Eq. (22))

Under each of (P), (N) and (D),

J∗=T(J∗).J^* = T(J^*).J∗=T(J∗).

Milestones

  • J∗J^*J∗ is lower semianalytic (Corollary 9.4.1).
  • For a stationary policy, Jμ=Tμ(Jμ)J_\mu = T_\mu(J_\mu)Jμ​=Tμ​(Jμ​) (Proposition 9.9).
  • Optimality tests for stationary policies: under (P) or (D), (μ,μ,… )(\mu, \mu, \dots)(μ,μ,…) is optimal iff J∗=Tμ(J∗)J^* = T_\mu(J^*)J∗=Tμ​(J∗) (Proposition 9.12); under (N) or (D), iff Jμ=T(Jμ)J_\mu = T(J_\mu)Jμ​=T(Jμ​) (Proposition 9.13).
  • Under (N) or (D), value iteration from 000 converges to J∗J^*J∗, and under (D) it converges uniformly from every bounded lower semianalytic start (Proposition 9.14).

Further statements of the mission

  • Markov policies suffice: at each state some Markov policy matches any policy's cost (Proposition 9.1), so J∗=inf⁡π∈ΠJπJ^* = \inf_{\pi \in \Pi} J_\piJ∗=infπ∈Π​Jπ​ (Corollary 9.1.1).
  • Partial converses of the optimality equation: J≥T(J)J \ge T(J)J≥T(J), J≥0J \ge 0J≥0 gives J≥J∗J \ge J^*J≥J∗ under (P); J≤T(J)J \le T(J)J≤T(J), J≤0J \le 0J≤0 gives J≤J∗J \le J^*J≤J∗ under (N); a bounded solution of J=T(J)J = T(J)J=T(J) equals J∗J^*J∗ under (D) (Proposition 9.10). The analogous statements for TμT_\muTμ​ and JμJ_\muJμ​ (Proposition 9.11).

Significance

The optimality equation is the basic structural fact of infinite horizon control. Corollary 9.12.1 uses it to construct optimal stationary policies from minimizers in the equation. The existence results for ε\varepsilonε-optimal policies (Propositions 9.19 and 9.20), the convergence analysis of value iteration in Section 9.5, and the reduction of imperfect state information problems in Chapter 10 all build on it. It holds for arbitrary Borel models, with no continuity or compactness assumption.

All results of the mission were proved in 1978. None of them has a machine-checked proof: Mathlib has stochastic kernels and the Ionescu-Tulcea construction for measurable kernels, but no theory of lower semianalytic functions, universally measurable kernels, or dynamic programming on Borel spaces. A formal development would fix the measurability bookkeeping on which the textbook proofs rest and supply a reusable substrate for the stochastic control papers that cite this book.

Difficulty

Under (D), TTT is a contraction on bounded functions, and its fixed point is the limit of value iteration. That argument, however, gives a fixed point only within a fixed class of measurable functions. Showing that this fixed point equals J∗J^*J∗ requires knowing that J∗J^*J∗ belongs to the class and that history-dependent randomized policies do no better. Under (P), value iteration can converge to the wrong limit (Example 1 of the chapter: lim⁡kJk(0)=0\lim_k J_k(0) = 0limk​Jk​(0)=0 while J∗(0)=∞J^*(0) = \inftyJ∗(0)=∞). Even when each JkJ_kJk​ is Borel, J∗J^*J∗ may fail to be (Example 2). So J∗=T(J∗)J^* = T(J^*)J∗=T(J∗) cannot be obtained as a limit of the finite horizon equations, and the natural class of Borel functions is not closed under the partial minimization that defines TTT.

The book's route lifts (SM) to a deterministic model on the space of probability measures P(S)P(S)P(S), where no measurability restriction is needed, and transfers the results back. Making this transfer rigorous requires that the cost of a randomized policy be a measurable functional of its law, and that the infimum over policies preserve lower semianalyticity.

Formalization scope

The draft fixes the following conventions.

  • Spaces. Borel spaces are topological spaces homeomorphic to Borel subsets of complete separable metric spaces, carrying their Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebras. Analytic sets are Mathlib's AnalyticSet. A set is universally measurable if it is null-measurable for every probability measure.
  • Extended reals. Values lie in EReal. The book's convention ∞−∞=−∞+∞=∞\infty - \infty = -\infty + \infty = \infty∞−∞=−∞+∞=∞ is implemented explicitly, because Mathlib's EReal sets ⊥+⊤=⊥\bot + \top = \bot⊥+⊤=⊥. The integral of an extended-real function is ∫f+−∫f−\int f^+ - \int f^-∫f+−∫f− with the same convention.
  • Policies. These are sequences of universally measurable stochastic kernels on the history spaces S0C0⋯SkS_0C_0 \cdots S_kS0​C0​⋯Sk​, charging U(xk)U(x_k)U(xk​) with mass one. The laws of (x0,u0,…,xk,uk)(x_0, u_0, \dots, x_k, u_k)(x0​,u0​,…,xk​,uk​) are built recursively from the kernels.
  • Costs. JπJ_\piJπ​ is the series ∑kαk∫g dqk\sum_k \alpha^k \int g\, dq_k∑k​αk∫gdqk​, computed as the difference of the series of positive and negative parts. Under each of (P), (N), (D) it coincides with the integral of the total discounted cost. J∗J^*J∗ is the infimum over all policies.
  • Case labels. Each statement carries the case labels the book attaches to it, as hypotheses on the model.
  • Scope. Only the (SM) statements are formalized. The deterministic model (DM) on P(S)P(S)P(S) is the book's proof device and enters no statement.

The goal admits a trivializing formalization that this draft rules out. J∗J^*J∗ is not defined as a fixed point of TTT, nor as the limit of Tk(0)T^k(0)Tk(0); it is the infimum of the costs of all policies, which under (P) can differ from that limit.

A complete development needs universally measurable kernels and their compositions on product spaces, measurability of x↦∫f(x,y) q(dy∣x)x \mapsto \int f(x, y)\, q(dy \mid x)x↦∫f(x,y)q(dy∣x) for universally measurable integrands, the measurable selection theorem of Jankov and von Neumann, and the closure of lower semianalytic functions under partial infimum. These are the subject of the series' mission on Chapter 7, and they are reusable for any stochastic control model on Borel spaces. Contributions are welcome at any level: these foundations, the Markov reduction (Proposition 9.1), or the case-by-case arguments.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978; Athena Scientific reprint, 1996. Chapter 9. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted dynamic programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36 (1965), 226–235. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • R. E. Strauch, Negative dynamic programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 37 (1966), 871–890. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699369
  • S. E. Shreve and D. P. Bertsekas, Universally measurable policies in dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 4 (1979), 15–30. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.4.1.15
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Behavior of Statistical Estimators and of Optimal Solutions of Stochastic Optimization Problems: Optimal Solutions Under Estimated Distributions Are Strongly ConsistentResearch Paper

Motivation

Many estimation procedures in statistics, and most stochastic optimization models in operations research, have the same shape: a decision or parameter x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn is chosen to minimize an expected loss Ef(x)=∫f(x,ξ) P(dξ)Ef(x)=\int f(x,\xi)\,P(d\xi)Ef(x)=∫f(x,ξ)P(dξ) under a distribution PPP that is not known. In practice PPP is replaced by an estimate PνP^\nuPν built from the information available at stage ν\nuν (an empirical measure, a smoothed or parametric fit, a Bayesian posterior), and the minimizer of the estimated problem is used in place of the true one. The basic question is whether this is justified: do the estimated solutions converge to a true solution, and the estimated optimal values to the true optimal value, as information accumulates?

For maximum likelihood this is Wald's consistency theorem (Wald 1949); Huber extended it to M-estimators under non-standard conditions (Huber 1967). Both settings are unconstrained, or constrained to an open set, and assume finite-valued criteria. Constrained least squares, L1L^1L1 and Huber regression with inequality constraints, variance-component models with Heywood cases, and two-stage stochastic programs with recourse all lead instead to criteria that take the value +∞+\infty+∞ off a closed feasible set and are only lower semicontinuous in xxx.

J. Dupačová and R. Wets (IIASA WP-86-41, 1986; journal version Ann. Statist. 16 (1988)) proved consistency in this generality by combining epi-convergence of functions with the theory of measurable multifunctions and normal integrands. This mission formalizes their §3.

Setting

Ξ\XiΞ is a Polish space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-field and PPP is a probability measure on it. The integrand is f:Rn×Ξ→(−∞,∞]f:\mathbb R^n\times\Xi\to(-\infty,\infty]f:Rn×Ξ→(−∞,∞], and the true problem is to minimize

Ef(x)=∫Ξf(x,ξ) P(dξ),Ef(x)=\int_\Xi f(x,\xi)\,P(d\xi),Ef(x)=∫Ξ​f(x,ξ)P(dξ),

with the convention that Ef(x)=+∞Ef(x)=+\inftyEf(x)=+∞ whenever ξ↦f(x,ξ)\xi\mapsto f(x,\xi)ξ↦f(x,ξ) is not bounded above by a summable function. The effective domain of a function h:Rn→[−∞,∞]h:\mathbb R^n\to[-\infty,\infty]h:Rn→[−∞,∞] is dom⁡h={x:h(x)<∞}\operatorname{dom}h=\{x: h(x)<\infty\}domh={x:h(x)<∞}, and argmin⁡h={x:h(x)=inf⁡h}\operatorname{argmin}h=\{x: h(x)=\inf h\}argminh={x:h(x)=infh}.

Information arrives on a probability space (Z,F,μ)(Z,\mathcal F,\mu)(Z,F,μ) with an increasing sequence of σ\sigmaσ-fields F1⊆F2⊆⋯⊆F\mathcal F^1\subseteq\mathcal F^2\subseteq\dots\subseteq\mathcal FF1⊆F2⊆⋯⊆F. Each sample ζ∈Z\zeta\in Zζ∈Z yields probability measures Pν(⋅,ζ)P^\nu(\cdot,\zeta)Pν(⋅,ζ) on Ξ\XiΞ, and ζ↦Pν(A,ζ)\zeta\mapsto P^\nu(A,\zeta)ζ↦Pν(A,ζ) is Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν-measurable for every Borel AAA: the estimate at stage ν\nuν uses only stage-ν\nuν information. The estimated problem minimizes

Eνf(x,ζ)=∫Ξf(x,ξ) Pν(dξ,ζ).E^\nu f(x,\zeta)=\int_\Xi f(x,\xi)\,P^\nu(d\xi,\zeta).Eνf(x,ζ)=∫Ξ​f(x,ξ)Pν(dξ,ζ).

A sequence gνg^\nugν epi-converges to ggg if, at every xxx, lim inf⁡gν(xν)≥g(x)\liminf g^\nu(x^\nu)\ge g(x)liminfgν(xν)≥g(x) along every sequence xν→xx^\nu\to xxν→x, and lim sup⁡gν(xν)≤g(x)\limsup g^\nu(x^\nu)\le g(x)limsupgν(xν)≤g(x) along some sequence xν→xx^\nu\to xxν→x.

The standing hypotheses are Assumption 3.4: dom⁡f=S×Ξ\operatorname{dom}f=S\times\Xidomf=S×Ξ with SSS closed and nonempty; f(x,⋅)f(x,\cdot)f(x,⋅) is continuous for x∈Sx\in Sx∈S; f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot,\xi)f(⋅,ξ) is lower semicontinuous; and fff is locally lower Lipschitz on SSS with a bounded continuous modulus β(ξ)\beta(\xi)β(ξ). Assumption 3.5 asks that, for μ\muμ-almost every ζ\zetaζ, Pν(⋅,ζ)P^\nu(\cdot,\zeta)Pν(⋅,ζ) converge in distribution to PPP, that ∣f(x,⋅)∣|f(x,\cdot)|∣f(x,⋅)∣ be uniformly tight along P=P0,P1,…P=P^0,P^1,\dotsP=P0,P1,… for each x∈Sx\in Sx∈S, and that ∫inf⁡xf(x,ξ) Pν(dξ,ζ)>−∞\int\inf_x f(x,\xi)\,P^\nu(d\xi,\zeta)>-\infty∫infx​f(x,ξ)Pν(dξ,ζ)>−∞ for all ν\nuν.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.9, "In particular" (pp. 21–22)

Let D⊆RnD\subseteq\mathbb R^nD⊆Rn be compact, suppose (argmin⁡Eνf)∩D≠∅(\operatorname{argmin}E^\nu f)\cap D\neq\emptyset(argminEνf)∩D=∅ μ\muμ-a.s. for every ν\nuν, and suppose {x∗}=argmin⁡Ef∩D\{x^*\}=\operatorname{argmin}Ef\cap D{x∗}=argminEf∩D. Then there are Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν-measurable selections xνx^\nuxν of argmin⁡Eνf\operatorname{argmin}E^\nu fargminEνf with

xν(ζ)→x∗andinf⁡Eνf(⋅,ζ)→inf⁡Effor μ-almost every ζ.x^\nu(\zeta)\to x^*\quad\text{and}\quad \inf E^\nu f(\cdot,\zeta)\to\inf Ef\qquad\text{for }\mu\text{-almost every }\zeta .xν(ζ)→x∗andinfEνf(⋅,ζ)→infEffor μ-almost every ζ.

The goal does not assume that EfEfEf has a unique global minimizer, and it does not assume convexity.

Milestones

In attack order:

  • Proposition 3.3: epi-convergence gives lim sup⁡(inf⁡gν)≤inf⁡g\limsup(\inf g^\nu)\le\inf glimsup(infgν)≤infg, limits of minimizers are minimizers, and the minimum is attained in the closure of a bounded DDD.
  • Lemma 3.6: almost surely, EfEfEf and every EνfE^\nu fEνf are proper and l.s.c., with domain SSS.
  • Theorem 3.7: almost surely, EνfE^\nu fEνf epi-converges and converges pointwise to EfEfEf.
  • Theorem 3.8: almost surely, the epigraphs of EνfE^\nu fEνf are closed, and they depend Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν-measurably on ζ\zetaζ.
  • Theorem 3.9:
    • (3.14) lim sup⁡(inf⁡Eνf)≤inf⁡Ef\limsup(\inf E^\nu f)\le\inf Eflimsup(infEνf)≤infEf a.s.;
    • (i) cluster points of estimated minimizers minimize EfEfEf;
    • (ii) ζ↦argmin⁡Eνf(⋅,ζ)\zeta\mapsto\operatorname{argmin}E^\nu f(\cdot,\zeta)ζ↦argminEνf(⋅,ζ) is closed-valued and Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν-measurable.
  • Proposition 3.1: the measurable selection theorem.

Significance

The result separates two things: the statistical input, which is only convergence in distribution of PνP^\nuPν plus a tightness condition, and the variational output, which is convergence of optimal values and solutions. It therefore applies to any estimator PνP^\nuPν that converges weakly almost surely: empirical measures, kernel estimates, parametric fits. It also covers constrained and nonsmooth problems: the feasible set enters through f=+∞f=+\inftyf=+∞ off SSS, and only lower semicontinuity in xxx is required. Asymptotic distribution results for constrained estimators, such as the second part of the same paper and the subsequent literature on sample average approximation, start from this consistency.

The theorem is proved on paper. To the best of current knowledge none of it is machine-checked. Mathlib has weak convergence of probability measures, lower semicontinuity and extended-real integrals. It does not have epi-convergence, Effros-measurable multifunctions, normal integrands or the Kuratowski–Ryll-Nardzewski selection theorem. A formal proof produces these as reusable components. It also has to supply the details that the paper's proof of Theorem 3.8 leaves as a sketch.

Difficulty

Pointwise convergence Eνf(x)→Ef(x)E^\nu f(x)\to Ef(x)Eνf(x)→Ef(x) is not enough to move minimizers to the limit, and uniform convergence fails because fff is +∞+\infty+∞ off SSS and need not be bounded. Epi-convergence is the right notion. Proving it needs a liminf inequality along moving points xν→xx^\nu\to xxν→x under moving measures PνP^\nuPν. That combines Fatou's lemma, the lower Lipschitz bound and the tightness condition, and the integrands are extended-real-valued, so care is needed.

The second difficulty is measurability. The exceptional null set lies in F\mathcal FF but not in Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν, so "Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν-measurable" has to be understood on a full-measure set in the trace σ\sigmaσ-field. The paper's argument for Theorem 3.8 appeals to continuity of P↦epi⁡EPfP\mapsto\operatorname{epi}E_PfP↦epiEP​f in the epi-topology, and it remarks itself that Theorem 3.7 gives this only along sequences satisfying Assumption 3.5. A solver will have to rebuild this step, for example through the normal-integrand structure of EνfE^\nu fEνf.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with its Euclidean norm.
  • Ξ\XiΞ is a Polish space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra. This is exactly a closed subset of a Polish space with the relative Borel field.
  • fff is EReal-valued. Every expectation is the mission's expect: +∞+\infty+∞ when ∫f+=∞\int f^+=\infty∫f+=∞, and ∫f+−∫f−\int f^+-\int f^-∫f+−∫f− otherwise, both computed as Lebesgue integrals of [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued functions. A Bochner integral, which would assign 000 to non-integrable functions, is never used for EfEfEf or EνfE^\nu fEνf.
  • The sample index is shifted: Lean's Pν k and 𝔽 k are the paper's Pk+1P^{k+1}Pk+1 and Fk+1\mathcal F^{k+1}Fk+1, and P=P0P=P^0P=P0 is a separate argument.
  • Infima, lim inf⁡\liminfliminf and lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup are taken in [−∞,∞][-\infty,\infty][−∞,∞].
  • Measurability on the full-measure set Z0Z_0Z0​ uses the trace σ\sigmaσ-field.
  • The selections in the goal are total, Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν-measurable maps Z→RnZ\to\mathbb R^nZ→Rn that select almost surely. This is equivalent to the paper's maps Z0→RnZ_0\to\mathbb R^nZ0​→Rn.
  • "Random l.s.c. function" in Theorem 3.8 is encoded by the equivalent conditions (3.4i)–(3.4ii): nonempty, closed and measurable epigraphs.
  • Lower Lipschitz (3.10) is written additively.
  • The hypothesis that Ξ\XiΞ is the support of PPP is omitted. It is unused in §3, and omitting it strengthens every statement.
  • Nothing beyond the page is assumed: no convexity, no compact SSS, no bounded fff, no unique minimizer, no i.i.d. sampling, no empirical PνP^\nuPν, no completeness of μ\muμ or Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν.

The hypotheses are not vacuous. A sorry-free check verifies all of them, including those of the goal, for f(x,ξ)=∥x∥2f(x,\xi)=\|x\|^2f(x,ξ)=∥x∥2 with Dirac measures. Defining the expectation through a Bochner integral, or dropping S≠∅S\neq\emptysetS=∅ (which makes every argmin⁡\operatorname{argmin}argmin all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn), would trivialize or change the statements; the definitions above rule both out.

Contributions are welcome on any milestone. Proposition 3.1 (Kuratowski–Ryll-Nardzewski for Rm\mathbb R^mRm-valued multifunctions) and Proposition 3.3 (deterministic epi-convergence facts) are independent of the probabilistic setting and reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • J. Dupačová, R. Wets, Asymptotic Behavior of Statistical Estimators and Optimal Solutions for Stochastic Optimization Problems, IIASA Working Paper WP-86-41, 1986. https://pure.iiasa.ac.at/id/eprint/2818/ — journal version: Ann. Statist. 16(4), 1517–1549, 1988. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176351052
  • A. Wald, Note on the consistency of the maximum likelihood estimate, Ann. Math. Statist. 20, 595–601, 1949. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729938
  • P. J. Huber, The behavior of maximum likelihood estimates under nonstandard conditions, Proc. Fifth Berkeley Symp. Math. Statist. Probab. 1, 221–233, 1967. https://projecteuclid.org/euclid.bsmsp/1200512988
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998 (Ch. 7 epi-convergence; Ch. 14 measurable multifunctions and normal integrands). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Stability and Generalization 1: Polynomial Generalization Bounds from Hypothesis Stability for the Empirical and Leave-One-Out ErrorsResearch Paper

Why stability bounds

A learning algorithm is judged by its generalization error, its expected loss on a fresh example, which cannot be computed because the data distribution is unknown. Practitioners estimate it either by the empirical error on the training set or by the leave-one-out error, which retrains the algorithm once per example. Classical learning theory justifies these estimates through uniform convergence over the whole hypothesis space (VC dimension, covering numbers). That route says nothing useful about algorithms such as nearest-neighbour rules or regularized kernel methods, whose effective hypothesis space is huge or unknown.

An alternative is to bound the deviation through a property of the algorithm itself: how much its output changes when one training example is removed. This idea goes back to Rogers and Wagner (1978) and Devroye and Wagner (1979) for local rules, and Kearns and Ron (1999) gave it a name. Bousquet and Elisseeff (JMLR 2002) systematized it with several stability notions and corresponding bounds; their paper is the standard reference for algorithmic stability in learning theory. This mission formalizes its first family of results, the polynomial bounds of §4.1.

Setting

Let Z=X×YZ = X \times YZ=X×Y and let DDD be a probability distribution on ZZZ. A training set S={z1,…,zm}S = \{z_1, \dots, z_m\}S={z1​,…,zm​} consists of mmm examples drawn i.i.d. from DDD. A learning algorithm AAA maps a training set SSS to a hypothesis AS:X→Y′A_S : X \to Y'AS​:X→Y′; it is deterministic and symmetric, meaning it does not depend on the order of the examples. A cost ccc with 0≤c(y′,y)≤M0 \le c(y', y) \le M0≤c(y′,y)≤M defines the loss ℓ(f,z)=c(f(x),y)\ell(f, z) = c(f(x), y)ℓ(f,z)=c(f(x),y) of a hypothesis fff at z=(x,y)z = (x, y)z=(x,y).

For each index iii, S∖iS^{\setminus i}S∖i is SSS with ziz_izi​ removed, and SiS^iSi is SSS with ziz_izi​ replaced by an independent fresh draw zi′∼Dz'_i \sim Dzi′​∼D. The three error quantities are

R(A,S)=Ez[ℓ(AS,z)],Remp(A,S)=1m∑i=1mℓ(AS,zi),Rloo(A,S)=1m∑i=1mℓ(AS∖i,zi).R(A,S) = \mathbb E_z[\ell(A_S, z)], \qquad R_{\mathrm{emp}}(A,S) = \frac1m \sum_{i=1}^m \ell(A_S, z_i), \qquad R_{\mathrm{loo}}(A,S) = \frac1m \sum_{i=1}^m \ell(A_{S^{\setminus i}}, z_i).R(A,S)=Ez​[ℓ(AS​,z)],Remp​(A,S)=m1​i=1∑m​ℓ(AS​,zi​),Rloo​(A,S)=m1​i=1∑m​ℓ(AS∖i​,zi​).

Two stability notions (Definitions 3 and 4) control them. AAA has hypothesis stability β1\beta_1β1​ if ES,z[∣ℓ(AS,z)−ℓ(AS∖i,z)∣]≤β1\mathbb E_{S,z}[|\ell(A_S,z) - \ell(A_{S^{\setminus i}},z)|] \le \beta_1ES,z​[∣ℓ(AS​,z)−ℓ(AS∖i​,z)∣]≤β1​ for every iii, and pointwise hypothesis stability β2\beta_2β2​ if ES[∣ℓ(AS,zi)−ℓ(AS∖i,zi)∣]≤β2\mathbb E_{S}[|\ell(A_S,z_i) - \ell(A_{S^{\setminus i}},z_i)|] \le \beta_2ES​[∣ℓ(AS​,zi​)−ℓ(AS∖i​,zi​)∣]≤β2​ for every iii.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 11

For m≥1m \ge 1m≥1, under hypothesis stability β1\beta_1β1​ and pointwise hypothesis stability β2\beta_2β2​, for every δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, each of the following holds with probability at least 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ over S∼DmS \sim D^mS∼Dm:

R(A,S)≤Remp(A,S)+M2+6Mm(β1+β2)2mδ,R(A,S)≤Rloo(A,S)+M2+6Mmβ12mδ.R(A,S) \le R_{\mathrm{emp}}(A,S) + \sqrt{\frac{M^2 + 6Mm(\beta_1+\beta_2)}{2m\delta}}, \qquad R(A,S) \le R_{\mathrm{loo}}(A,S) + \sqrt{\frac{M^2 + 6Mm\beta_1}{2m\delta}} .R(A,S)≤Remp​(A,S)+2mδM2+6Mm(β1​+β2​)​​,R(A,S)≤Rloo​(A,S)+2mδM2+6Mmβ1​​​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 25 (p. 520), a generalized Rogers–Wagner identity: upper bounds on ES[(R−Remp)2]\mathbb E_S[(R - R_{\mathrm{emp}})^2]ES​[(R−Remp​)2] and ES[(R−Rloo)2]\mathbb E_S[(R - R_{\mathrm{loo}})^2]ES​[(R−Rloo​)2] by correlations of the loss.
  2. Lemma 9, (8) and (9) (p. 505): ES[(R−Remp)2]≤M22m+3M ES,zi′[∣ℓ(AS,zi)−ℓ(ASi,zi)∣]\mathbb E_S[(R - R_{\mathrm{emp}})^2] \le \frac{M^2}{2m} + 3M\,\mathbb E_{S,z'_i}[|\ell(A_S,z_i) - \ell(A_{S^i},z_i)|]ES​[(R−Remp​)2]≤2mM2​+3MES,zi′​​[∣ℓ(AS​,zi​)−ℓ(ASi​,zi​)∣] and ES[(R−Rloo)2]≤M22m+3M ES,z[∣ℓ(AS,z)−ℓ(AS∖i,z)∣]\mathbb E_S[(R - R_{\mathrm{loo}})^2] \le \frac{M^2}{2m} + 3M\,\mathbb E_{S,z}[|\ell(A_S,z) - \ell(A_{S^{\setminus i}},z)|]ES​[(R−Rloo​)2]≤2mM2​+3MES,z​[∣ℓ(AS​,z)−ℓ(AS∖i​,z)∣].
  3. The replace-one term (proof of Theorem 11): ES,zi′[∣ℓ(AS,zi)−ℓ(ASi,zi)∣]≤β1+β2\mathbb E_{S,z'_i}[|\ell(A_S,z_i) - \ell(A_{S^i},z_i)|] \le \beta_1 + \beta_2ES,zi′​​[∣ℓ(AS​,zi​)−ℓ(ASi​,zi​)∣]≤β1​+β2​.
  4. The second-moment bounds (proof of Theorem 11): ES[(R−Remp)2]≤M22m+3M(β1+β2)\mathbb E_S[(R - R_{\mathrm{emp}})^2] \le \frac{M^2}{2m} + 3M(\beta_1+\beta_2)ES​[(R−Remp​)2]≤2mM2​+3M(β1​+β2​) and ES[(R−Rloo)2]≤M22m+3Mβ1\mathbb E_S[(R - R_{\mathrm{loo}})^2] \le \frac{M^2}{2m} + 3M\beta_1ES​[(R−Rloo​)2]≤2mM2​+3Mβ1​.

Significance

Theorem 11 is the weakest-assumption bound in the paper: it requires only average-case stability, not the uniform (worst-case) stability behind the exponential bounds of §4.2. It shows that both the resubstitution and the deleted estimate are within O(1/mδ)O(1/\sqrt{m\delta})O(1/mδ​) of the risk whenever the stability parameters decay like 1/m1/m1/m, with no reference to the size of the hypothesis class. It also extends Devroye and Wagner's leave-one-out analysis for classification to bounded regression losses and to the empirical estimator. Later work on average stability and on generalization of stochastic gradient methods (for example Hardt, Recht and Singer, 2016) starts from these notions.

The result is proved in the paper; as far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. A formal development has two concrete payoffs. First, it fixes the constants: in checking the argument, two printed slips were found (the empirical constant in Theorem 11 and the third term of Lemma 25's first inequality), and the formal statements record the versions that the paper's proof actually establishes. Second, the Lemma 25 and Lemma 9 machinery — exchangeability of i.i.d. samples under renaming, and second-moment control through stability — is reusable for any later stability result.

Difficulty

The obvious route is the Efron–Stein (Steele) variance inequality, Theorem 1 of the paper. It bounds the variance of R−RempR - R_{\mathrm{emp}}R−Remp​, not its second moment, and leaves the bias to be handled separately; the paper notes that it gives worse constants. The direct route of Appendix A instead expands ES[(R−Remp)2]\mathbb E_S[(R - R_{\mathrm{emp}})^2]ES​[(R−Remp​)2] and rewrites each correlation term by renaming i.i.d. variables: training points, fresh test points and replacement points are exchanged with one another, and the algorithm is retrained on sets T∪{z,z′}T \cup \{z, z'\}T∪{z,z′} with T=S∖{i,j}T = S^{\setminus \{i,j\}}T=S∖{i,j}. Every renaming is a measure-preserving map on a product of m+2m + 2m+2 copies of DDD, and each must be justified by the symmetry of AAA. Doing this rigorously, rather than as "a matter of renaming", is the core of the work. The leave-one-out case is only sketched in the paper ("it is easy to see"), so its formal proof has to be reconstructed.

Formalization scope

  • An algorithm is a function Multiset (X × Y) → (X → Y'). Symmetry in the training set is built into the type, and the same algorithm acts on sets of every size, as SSS and S∖iS^{\setminus i}S∖i require. A sample is S : Fin m → X × Y with law DmD^mDm (Measure.pi); fresh points zzz, z′z'z′, zi′z'_izi′​ are further independent coordinates, via product measures Dm⊗DD^m \otimes DDm⊗D and (Dm⊗D)⊗D(D^m \otimes D) \otimes D(Dm⊗D)⊗D.
  • The loss, empirical error and generalization error are the published FoundationsML.Stability definitions (Loss, EmpiricalError, GeneralizationError).
  • The cost satisfies 0≤c≤M0 \le c \le M0≤c≤M everywhere. The paper's assumption that "all functions are measurable" becomes one hypothesis: for every nnn, (S,z)↦ℓ(AS,z)(S, z) \mapsto \ell(A_S, z)(S,z)↦ℓ(AS​,z) is measurable on (X×Y)n×(X×Y)(X \times Y)^n \times (X \times Y)(X×Y)n×(X×Y). Both stability definitions also require their integrands to be integrable. Together these rule out the trivializing reading in which a non-integrable expectation equals Lean's default value 000 and the stability hypotheses hold vacuously.
  • "With probability 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ" is stated as a bound on the failure event: Dm{S:R>Remp+⋯ }≤δD^m\{S : R > R_{\mathrm{emp}} + \cdots\} \le \deltaDm{S:R>Remp​+⋯}≤δ for every δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, separately for each estimator.
  • m≥2m \ge 2m≥2 is assumed in Lemmas 9 and 25 and in the two second-moment steps of the proof, because the lemmas refer to two distinct indices. Theorem 11 itself is stated for every m≥1m \ge 1m≥1, as printed.
  • Corrected statements. (i) Theorem 11's empirical bound is stated with 6Mm(β1+β2)6Mm(\beta_1+\beta_2)6Mm(β1​+β2​), not the printed 12Mmβ212Mm\beta_212Mmβ2​: the proof bounds a hypothesis-stability term by β2\beta_2β2​ when it is bounded by β1\beta_1β1​. The two coincide when β1=β2\beta_1 = \beta_2β1​=β2​. Accordingly the replace-one milestone is stated as ≤β1+β2\le \beta_1 + \beta_2≤β1​+β2​ (printed 2β22\beta_22β2​), and the empirical second-moment bound as M22m+3M(β1+β2)\frac{M^2}{2m} + 3M(\beta_1+\beta_2)2mM2​+3M(β1​+β2​) (printed 6Mβ26M\beta_26Mβ2​). (ii) Lemma 25's empirical inequality has ES[ℓ(AS,zi)ℓ(AS,zj)]\mathbb E_S[\ell(A_S,z_i)\ell(A_S,z_j)]ES​[ℓ(AS​,zi​)ℓ(AS​,zj​)] as its third term, as its proof gives, not the printed leave-one-out term. (iii) The leave-one-out second-moment bound follows from (9), not from (10) as printed.

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, a general exchangeability lemma for symmetric algorithms on product measures, and Markov/Chebyshev glue for the final step.

Selected references

  • O. Bousquet and A. Elisseeff, Stability and Generalization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 2 (2002), 499–526. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v2/bousquet02a.html
  • W. H. Rogers and T. J. Wagner, A finite sample distribution-free performance bound for local discrimination rules, Annals of Statistics 6(3) (1978), 506–514. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176344196
  • L. Devroye and T. J. Wagner, Distribution-free performance bounds for potential function rules, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 25(5) (1979), 601–604. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.1979.1056087
  • M. Kearns and D. Ron, Algorithmic stability and sanity-check bounds for leave-one-out cross-validation, Neural Computation 11(6) (1999), 1427–1453. https://doi.org/10.1162/089976699300016304
  • M. Hardt, B. Recht and Y. Singer, Train faster, generalize better: stability of stochastic gradient descent, ICML 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1509.01240
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Scheduling of a System with Two Parallel Servers in Heavy Traffic with Resource Pooling: The Threshold Policy Is Asymptotically OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

Many service systems route several classes of work to servers with overlapping skills: call centers with cross-trained agents, manufacturing cells with flexible machines, computing clusters with heterogeneous processors. Choosing which server works on which class at each moment is a dynamic scheduling problem. Exact optimal policies are out of reach except in toy cases, so heavy-traffic theory replaces the queueing system by a Brownian control problem, solves that limit problem, and then asks for a policy in the original system whose performance converges to the Brownian optimum. This programme was proposed by Harrison (Harrison 1988), and the parallel server system studied here is the example Harrison used (Harrison, Ann. Appl. Probab. 1998) to show that the greedy static priority rule can be very inefficient.

Bell and Williams (2001) gave the first proof of asymptotic optimality of a continuous-review policy for this system, with renewal arrivals and general service times. Harrison (1998) had treated Poisson arrivals and deterministic service times with a discrete-review policy and a pathwise criterion. Harrison and López (Queueing Systems, 1999) identified the complete resource pooling condition for general parallel server systems. The threshold policy and the proof method of Bell and Williams were later extended to multiserver systems (Bell and Williams, Electron. J. Probab., 2005).

Setting

There are two job classes and two servers. Server 1 serves class 1 (activity 1); server 2 serves class 1 (activity 2) and class 2 (activity 3). A sequence of such systems is indexed by r→∞r\to\inftyr→∞. On a probability space, i.i.d. sequences uˇk(i)\check u_k(i)uˇk​(i) (k=1,2k=1,2k=1,2) and vˇj(i)\check v_j(i)vˇj​(i) (j=1,2,3j=1,2,3j=1,2,3), i≥1i\ge1i≥1, are fixed: strictly positive, mutually independent, with mean one and finite variances αk2,βj2\alpha_k^2,\beta_j^2αk2​,βj2​. In system rrr the interarrival times are ukr(i)=uˇk(i)/λkru_k^r(i)=\check u_k(i)/\lambda_k^rukr​(i)=uˇk​(i)/λkr​ and the service times are vjr(i)=vˇj(i)/μjrv_j^r(i)=\check v_j(i)/\mu_j^rvjr​(i)=vˇj​(i)/μjr​. The renewal processes Akr(t)A_k^r(t)Akr​(t) and Sjr(t)S_j^r(t)Sjr​(t) count arrivals and potential service completions.

A scheduling control policy is an allocation T=(T1,T2,T3)T=(T_1,T_2,T_3)T=(T1​,T2​,T3​), where Tj(t)T_j(t)Tj​(t) is the time devoted to activity jjj in [0,t][0,t][0,t]. Each Tj(t)T_j(t)Tj​(t) is a random variable, each TjT_jTj​ is continuous and nondecreasing from 000, and so are the idle times I1=t−T1I_1=t-T_1I1​=t−T1​ and I2=t−T2−T3I_2=t-T_2-T_3I2​=t−T2​−T3​. The queue lengths

Q1(t)=A1(t)−S1(T1(t))−S2(T2(t)),Q2(t)=A2(t)−S3(T3(t))Q_1(t)=A_1(t)-S_1(T_1(t))-S_2(T_2(t)),\qquad Q_2(t)=A_2(t)-S_3(T_3(t))Q1​(t)=A1​(t)−S1​(T1​(t))−S2​(T2​(t)),Q2​(t)=A2​(t)−S3​(T3​(t))

must be nonnegative. Policies may anticipate the future. The rates satisfy Assumption 3.1: λ1>μ1\lambda_1>\mu_1λ1​>μ1​, 1−(λ1−μ1)/μ2=λ2/μ31-(\lambda_1-\mu_1)/\mu_2=\lambda_2/\mu_31−(λ1​−μ1​)/μ2​=λ2​/μ3​, and the rates converge at rate 1/r1/r1/r to limits with second-order parameters θ1,θ2\theta_1,\theta_2θ1​,θ2​. Assumption 3.2 is h1μ2≥h2μ3h_1\mu_2\ge h_2\mu_3h1​μ2​≥h2​μ3​, and Assumption 3.3 gives finite exponential moments near 000. With Q^r(t)=r−1Qr(r2t)\hat Q^r(t)=r^{-1}Q^r(r^2t)Q^​r(t)=r−1Qr(r2t) the cost is

J^r(Tr)=E(∫0∞e−γt h⋅Q^r(t) dt).\hat J^r(T^r)=\mathbf E\Big(\int_0^\infty e^{-\gamma t}\,h\cdot\hat Q^r(t)\,dt\Big).J^r(Tr)=E(∫0∞​e−γth⋅Q^​r(t)dt).

The threshold policy with Lr=[clog⁡r]L^r=[c\log r]Lr=[clogr] works as follows. Server 1 works whenever it has a class 1 job available. Server 2 serves class 1 with preemptive-resume priority when more than LrL^rLr class 1 jobs are present, and otherwise serves class 2. The Brownian benchmark is built from a two-dimensional Brownian motion X~\tilde XX~ with drift θ\thetaθ and diagonal covariance, from y=(1,μ2/μ3)y=(1,\mu_2/\mu_3)y=(1,μ2​/μ3​), and from the reflected process W~∗=y⋅X~+V~∗\tilde W^*=y\cdot\tilde X+\tilde V^*W~∗=y⋅X~+V~∗ with V~∗(t)=−inf⁡s≤ty⋅X~(s)\tilde V^*(t)=-\inf_{s\le t}y\cdot\tilde X(s)V~∗(t)=−infs≤t​y⋅X~(s). Its cost is J∗=E∫0∞e−γth2 W~∗(t)/y2 dtJ^*=\mathbf E\int_0^\infty e^{-\gamma t}h_2\,\tilde W^*(t)/y_2\,dtJ∗=E∫0∞​e−γth2​W~∗(t)/y2​dt.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.3

For ccc larger than a constant c0c_0c0​ that depends only on the model data, and for every sequence {Tr}\{T^r\}{Tr} of scheduling control policies,

lim inf⁡r→∞J^r(Tr) ≥ J∗ = lim⁡r→∞J^r(Tr,∗),J∗<∞.\liminf_{r\to\infty}\hat J^r(T^r)\ \ge\ J^*\ =\ \lim_{r\to\infty}\hat J^r(T^{r,*}),\qquad J^*<\infty .r→∞liminf​J^r(Tr) ≥ J∗ = r→∞lim​J^r(Tr,∗),J∗<∞.

Milestones

  • Proposition B.1: the one-dimensional Skorokhod problem, its explicit solution and its minimality.
  • Appendix A, (181) and (184): Cramér-type deviation bounds for delayed renewal processes.
  • Theorem 7.2: after first reaching LrL^rLr, the class 1 queue stays within Lr−1L^r-1Lr−1 of the threshold, with probability tending to one.
  • Theorem 7.1: (Q^1r,I^1r)⇒(0,0)(\hat Q_1^r,\hat I_1^r)\Rightarrow(0,0)(Q^​1r​,I^1r​)⇒(0,0) under the threshold policy.
  • Lemma 8.1: the fluid-scaled threshold allocations converge to Tˉ∗(t)=(t,λ1−μ1μ2t,λ2μ3t)\bar T^*(t)=(t,\frac{\lambda_1-\mu_1}{\mu_2}t,\frac{\lambda_2}{\mu_3}t)Tˉ∗(t)=(t,μ2​λ1​−μ1​​t,μ3​λ2​​t).
  • Theorem 5.2 (state-space collapse): (Q^1r,Q^2r,I^1r,I^2r)⇒(0,Q~2∗,0,I~2∗)(\hat Q_1^r,\hat Q_2^r,\hat I_1^r,\hat I_2^r)\Rightarrow(0,\tilde Q_2^*,0,\tilde I_2^*)(Q^​1r​,Q^​2r​,I^1r​,I^2r​)⇒(0,Q~​2∗​,0,I~2∗​).
  • Lemma 9.3: along a subsequence achieving a finite lim inf⁡\liminfliminf cost, the fluid-scaled processes converge to (0,λt,μt,Tˉ∗,0)(0,\lambda t,\mu t,\bar T^*,0)(0,λt,μt,Tˉ∗,0).

A further draft theorem states that Definition 5.1 determines an admissible allocation, unique pathwise, whenever Lr≥1L^r\ge1Lr≥1.

Significance

The theorem proves that a simple state-dependent rule, which sends server 2 to class 1 only when the class 1 queue exceeds a logarithmic safety stock, is asymptotically optimal among all policies, including those that anticipate the future. The limiting cost is the explicit optimum of the Brownian control problem. The proof gives a template for heavy-traffic asymptotic optimality under complete resource pooling: a lower bound valid for every policy, and state-space collapse under the proposed policy. The residual process analysis of Section 7 shows how a threshold of order log⁡r\log rlogr makes starvation of server 1 negligible on the diffusion time scale.

The paper's results are proved but not machine-checked; no formal proof exists in any proof assistant. The mission asks for formal statements of the paper's main theorem and its supporting lemmas, followed by formal proofs. Parts of the development are independent of the paper: the one-dimensional Skorokhod map, renewal large deviation bounds, and convergence encodings on path space.

Difficulty

The lower bound must hold for arbitrary, possibly anticipating, policies, so no Markov structure is available. The argument has to pass through fluid limits of an arbitrary cost-minimizing subsequence and a pathwise minimality property, and Fatou's lemma for the limit needs uniform control. For the upper bound, the obvious approach, a static priority rule, is known to fail: it starves server 1 and produces a large class 1 queue. With a threshold policy, the hard step is to show that the class 1 queue, once at the threshold, rarely moves Lr−1L^r-1Lr−1 away from it over a time interval of length r2tr^2tr2t. That requires large deviation estimates for renewal processes started at random, multiparameter stopping times. Showing that J^r(Tr,∗)\hat J^r(T^{r,*})J^r(Tr,∗) converges to J∗J^*J∗, rather than only that the processes converge in distribution, also requires uniform integrability of the scaled queue lengths.

Formalization scope

Classes and activities are indexed by Fin 2 and Fin 3. The i.i.d. sequences keep the paper's index base i≥1i\ge1i≥1, and the systems are indexed by n∈Nn\in\mathbb Nn∈N with r=rn∈[1,∞)r=r_n\in[1,\infty)r=rn​∈[1,∞), rn→∞r_n\to\inftyrn​→∞. Time is real, and every condition is imposed for t≥0t\ge0t≥0. Admissibility is exactly (11)–(14). Measurability in (11) is with respect to the completion of P\mathbf PP, since the paper's space is complete. Finiteness of the renewal processes everywhere on Ω\OmegaΩ, which the paper obtains by discarding a null set, is a hypothesis. Queue lengths are real, costs are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], counting processes take values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}, and Λ\LambdaΛ, Λ∗\Lambda^*Λ∗ take values in the extended reals.

The constant c0c_0c0​ is existential and is chosen after the model data and before ccc, the policies and the Brownian motions. The threshold relations are required only for the systems with Lr≥1L^r\ge1Lr≥1, which are all but finitely many. Each convergence to a deterministic limit (Theorem 7.1, Lemmas 8.1 and 9.3) is stated as u.o.c. convergence in probability, the paper's own equivalence (p. 633). Theorem 5.2 is stated in coupling form: there are copies of the processes on one probability space, with Skorokhod paths and the same laws, that converge almost surely uniformly on compacts. This is equivalent to weak convergence in D4\mathbf D^4D4 to a limit with continuous paths. J∗J^*J∗ is defined by (44) from an arbitrary pair of independent standard Brownian motions (Mathlib's IsBrownianReal), not by a closed form.

Two formalizations would make the goal trivial, and both are excluded. Leaving out the requirement that Tr,∗T^{r,*}Tr,∗ actually follow the policy would make the goal false or empty. Narrowing the class of competing policies, for example to non-anticipating ones, would weaken the theorem. A draft theorem also states that the threshold allocation exists and is unique pathwise, so the hypothesis on Tr,∗T^{r,*}Tr,∗ can be satisfied.

The development needs renewal theory (functional central limit theorems, Cramér bounds), multiparameter stopping times, tightness in D\mathbf DD, the Skorokhod representation theorem, the reflection map, and properties of reflected Brownian motion. Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of milestones, reusable lemmas on renewal processes and the Skorokhod map, and further lemmas of the paper (Lemmas 7.5, 7.6 and 9.2 are not yet stated).

Selected references

  • S. L. Bell and R. J. Williams, Dynamic scheduling of a system with two parallel servers in heavy traffic with resource pooling: asymptotic optimality of a threshold policy, Ann. Appl. Probab. 11 (2001) 608–649. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1015345343
  • J. M. Harrison, Heavy traffic analysis of a system with parallel servers: asymptotic optimality of discrete-review policies, Ann. Appl. Probab. 8 (1998) 822–848.
  • J. M. Harrison and M. J. López, Heavy traffic resource pooling in parallel-server systems, Queueing Systems 33 (1999) 339–368.
  • J. M. Harrison, Brownian models of queueing networks with heterogeneous customer populations, in Stochastic Differential Systems, Stochastic Control Theory and Their Applications, Springer (1988) 147–186.
  • S. L. Bell and R. J. Williams, Dynamic scheduling of a parallel server system in heavy traffic with complete resource pooling: asymptotic optimality of a threshold policy, Electron. J. Probab. 10 (2005) 1044–1115.
  • J. M. Harrison, Brownian Motion and Stochastic Flow Systems, Wiley (1985).
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Statistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Weighted Sums of Certain Dependent Random Variables 2: An Iterated-Logarithm Upper Bound for Weighted Conditionally Sub-Gaussian Martingale DifferencesResearch Paper

Motivation

The law of the iterated logarithm (LIL) gives the exact almost-sure size of the fluctuations of a sum of random variables. For independent fair ±1\pm1±1 increments x1,x2,…x_1,x_2,\dotsx1​,x2​,… with partial sums SnS_nSn​, Khinchin (1924) showed that lim sup⁡n∣Sn∣/2nlog⁡log⁡n=1\limsup_n |S_n|/\sqrt{2n\log\log n}=1limsupn​∣Sn​∣/2nloglogn​=1 almost surely; Kolmogorov (1929) extended this to bounded independent increments, and Hartman and Wintner (1941) to independent, identically distributed increments with variance 111. Weighted sums a1x1+⋯+anxna_1x_1+\dots+a_nx_na1​x1​+⋯+an​xn​ appear in summability theory, in stochastic approximation and in the analysis of orthogonal series, and there the natural normalisation replaces nnn by the sum of squared weights.

Independence is often not available. In martingale settings (sequential estimation, online learning, adaptive algorithms) the increments are only conditionally centred given the past. In 1967 Kazuoki Azuma (Azuma 1967) introduced a conditional sub-Gaussian condition on martingale differences, called property [G], and proved for it an iterated-logarithm upper bound for weighted sums. The moment-generating-function bound that drives his proof, display (2.4), is the inequality now known as the Azuma–Hoeffding inequality. This mission formalizes Theorem 2 of that paper and the lemmas its proof rests on.

Timeline.

  • 1924: Khinchin proves the LIL for fair coin tossing.
  • 1929: Kolmogorov proves it for bounded independent increments under a growth condition.
  • 1941: Hartman and Wintner prove it for i.i.d. increments with finite variance.
  • 1963: Hoeffding proves the exponential tail bound for sums of bounded independent variables.
  • 1965: Gaposhkin proves a LIL for weighted (Cesàro and Abel) means of independent variables.
  • 1967: Azuma proves the conditional mgf bound (2.4), its maximal version (Lemma 2) and the upper-half LIL for weighted sums of class [G] martingale differences (Theorem 2).

Setting

Let (Ω,A,P)(\Omega,\mathfrak A,P)(Ω,A,P) be a probability space and (An)n≥0(\mathfrak A_n)_{n\ge0}(An​)n≥0​ an increasing family of sub-σ\sigmaσ-fields of A\mathfrak AA (a filtration). A sequence of real random variables (xn)n≥1(x_n)_{n\ge1}(xn​)n≥1​ is a martingale-difference sequence if each xnx_nxn​ is An\mathfrak A_nAn​-measurable and integrable and E{xn∣An−1}=0E\{x_n\mid\mathfrak A_{n-1}\}=0E{xn​∣An−1​}=0 almost surely.

The sequence satisfies [G] with τ(xn)≤1\tau(x_n)\le1τ(xn​)≤1 if, in addition, for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and every real ttt,

E{exp⁡(txn)∣An−1}≤exp⁡(t2/2)a.s.E\{\exp(tx_n)\mid\mathfrak A_{n-1}\}\le\exp(t^2/2)\quad\text{a.s.}E{exp(txn​)∣An−1​}≤exp(t2/2)a.s.

Every martingale-difference sequence with ∣xn∣≤1|x_n|\le1∣xn​∣≤1 almost surely has this property, but the class also contains unbounded increments, for instance conditionally standard Gaussian ones.

Fix real weights (an)n≥1(a_n)_{n\ge1}(an​)n≥1​ of arbitrary sign and write

Dn2=∑j=1naj2,Sn=a1x1+⋯+anxn.D_n^2=\sum_{j=1}^n a_j^2,\qquad S_n=a_1x_1+\dots+a_nx_n .Dn2​=j=1∑n​aj2​,Sn​=a1​x1​+⋯+an​xn​.

For the lemmas the weights are called (bk)(b_k)(bk​), and the maximal partial sum is Sn∗(ω)=max⁡1≤m≤n∣∑k=1mbkxk(ω)∣S_n^*(\omega)=\max_{1\le m\le n}\big|\sum_{k=1}^m b_kx_k(\omega)\big|Sn∗​(ω)=max1≤m≤n​​∑k=1m​bk​xk​(ω)​.

In Lean these objects are IsMartingaleDiff, IsCondSubgaussianOne, weightedSum (SnS_nSn​), sqWeightSum (Dn2D_n^2Dn2​) and maxAbsWeightedSum (Sn∗S_n^*Sn∗​), all in the namespace AzumaWeightedSums.IteratedLog.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2, display (4.2)

If (xn)(x_n)(xn​) satisfies [G] with τ(xn)≤1\tau(x_n)\le1τ(xn​)≤1 and the weights satisfy

an2/Dn2→0,Dn2→∞,a_n^2/D_n^2\to0,\qquad D_n^2\to\infty,an2​/Dn2​→0,Dn2​→∞,

then

lim sup⁡n→∞∣Sn∣2Dn2log⁡log⁡Dn2≤1a.s.\limsup_{n\to\infty}\frac{|S_n|}{\sqrt{2D_n^2\log\log D_n^2}}\le1\quad\text{a.s.}n→∞limsup​2Dn2​loglogDn2​​∣Sn​∣​≤1a.s.

The constant 111 is sharp, as Gaussian increments show, so the goal is stated with the paper's constant and in no weaker form.

Milestones

  1. Display (2.4). For every nnn, every real (bk)(b_k)(bk​) and every real ttt,
E{exp⁡(t∑k=1nbkxk)}≤exp⁡(t22∑k=1nbk2).E\Big\{\exp\Big(t\sum_{k=1}^n b_kx_k\Big)\Big\}\le\exp\Big(\frac{t^2}{2}\sum_{k=1}^n b_k^2\Big).E{exp(tk=1∑n​bk​xk​)}≤exp(2t2​k=1∑n​bk2​).
  1. Doob's LαL^\alphaLα maximal inequality, cited on p. 359: for a nonnegative submartingale (fm)(f_m)(fm​) and α>1\alpha>1α>1, E{(max⁡m≤nfm)α}≤(α/(α−1))αE{fnα}E\{(\max_{m\le n}f_m)^\alpha\}\le(\alpha/(\alpha-1))^\alpha E\{f_n^\alpha\}E{(maxm≤n​fm​)α}≤(α/(α−1))αE{fnα​}.
  2. Lemma 2, display (2.3). E{exp⁡(tSn∗)}≤8exp⁡(t22∑k=1nbk2)E\{\exp(tS_n^*)\}\le8\exp\big(\frac{t^2}{2}\sum_{k=1}^n b_k^2\big)E{exp(tSn∗​)}≤8exp(2t2​∑k=1n​bk2​) for every real ttt.
  3. Maximal tail bound. If Vn=∑k=1nbk2>0V_n=\sum_{k=1}^n b_k^2>0Vn​=∑k=1n​bk2​>0 and λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, then P{Sn∗>λ}≤8exp⁡(−λ2/(2Vn))P\{S_n^*>\lambda\}\le8\exp(-\lambda^2/(2V_n))P{Sn∗​>λ}≤8exp(−λ2/(2Vn​)).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 controls weighted sums of dependent increments almost surely, uniformly in nnn, at the iterated-logarithm scale. It needs no independence and no boundedness: a conditional sub-Gaussian bound is enough. Bounded martingale differences are a special case, so the theorem covers martingale noise in stochastic approximation and the error terms of adaptive estimators. Milestones 1, 3 and 4 are reusable concentration inequalities: the conditional-expectation form of the Azuma–Hoeffding bound, and its maximal version with an explicit constant.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the literature; nothing here is open. Mathlib has the sub-Gaussian mgf bound for sums in kernel form (HasSubgaussianMGF.sum_of_hasCondSubgaussianMGF, under a standard Borel assumption that this mission does not make), and Doob's weak-type maximal inequality (Submartingale.maximal_ineq). It has no LpL^pLp form of Doob's inequality and no law of the iterated logarithm of any kind. Prove2Me has an Azuma–Hoeffding tail bound without the maximum, and nothing at the iterated-logarithm scale. A complete development would therefore add Doob's LαL^\alphaLα inequality and the first machine-checked iterated-logarithm upper bound, for a dependent class.

Difficulty

The tail bound (milestone 4) is not enough on its own: applied at each fixed nnn and summed over nnn, it gives a divergent series at the 2Dn2log⁡log⁡Dn2\sqrt{2D_n^2\log\log D_n^2}2Dn2​loglogDn2​​ scale. The proof has to pass to a subsequence of times and control the maximum over each block, and the blocks have to be fine enough that no constant is lost. The paper's printed proof chooses blocks along which Dn2D_n^2Dn2​ roughly doubles. Its third displayed estimate uses the increment Dnk+12−Dnk2D_{n_{k+1}}^2-D_{n_k}^2Dnk+1​2​−Dnk​2​ where the maximal inequality actually delivers the full Dnk+12D_{n_{k+1}}^2Dnk+1​2​; with that correction, blocks of ratio 222 prove (4.2) only with 2\sqrt22​ in place of 111. A faithful formal proof must recover the constant 111, so the block ratio has to be tuned to ε\varepsilonε. Here the hypothesis an2/Dn2→0a_n^2/D_n^2\to0an2​/Dn2​→0 is essential, because it means a single term cannot carry Dn2D_n^2Dn2​ past the next block boundary.

Lemma 2 needs Doob's inequality in LαL^\alphaLα form for every even integer α=2j\alpha=2jα=2j, uniformly enough to sum an exponential series. The weak-type inequality available in Mathlib does not give this directly.

Formalization scope

  • Index base and filtration. Sequences are ℕ → Ω → ℝ with sums over Finset.Icc 1 n; x0x_0x0​ and a0a_0a0​ are ignored. The paper fixes A0={∅,Ω}\mathfrak A_0=\{\emptyset,\Omega\}A0​={∅,Ω}; here A0\mathfrak A_0A0​ is arbitrary, which makes every statement at least as strong.
  • [G]. For each n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and each real ttt, the conditional bound holds almost surely, in the paper's quantifier order, and exp⁡(txn)\exp(tx_n)exp(txn​) is assumed integrable. Without integrability, Lean's conditional expectation is 000 and the hypothesis would be empty. τ\tauτ is not defined as an infimum: "τ(xn)≤1\tau(x_n)\le1τ(xn​)≤1" is stated as admissibility of the constant 111.
  • Expectations. Expectations of exponentials and powers are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so the inequalities also assert finiteness. A Bochner integral, which is 000 for non-integrable functions, would make them trivially true.
  • The lim sup is not Lean's real-valued limsup, which is 000 on unbounded sequences. The goal states the equivalent: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, almost surely, ∣Sn∣≤(1+ε)2Dn2log⁡log⁡Dn2|S_n|\le(1+\varepsilon)\sqrt{2D_n^2\log\log D_n^2}∣Sn​∣≤(1+ε)2Dn2​loglogDn2​​ for all sufficiently large nnn. Because Dn2→∞D_n^2\to\inftyDn2​→∞, log⁡log⁡Dn2>0\log\log D_n^2>0loglogDn2​>0 for those nnn, so Real.log is never evaluated at a junk argument that matters.
  • Ruled-out trivialisations. Dropping an2/Dn2→0a_n^2/D_n^2\to0an2​/Dn2​→0, replacing [G] by boundedness, weakening the constant 111, or stating the bound with Lean's real limsup would each change the theorem. None of these is used.
  • Infrastructure. A complete proof needs conditional-expectation pull-out lemmas for the induction in (2.4), Doob's LpL^pLp inequality (reusable well beyond this mission), Chernoff's bound and the first Borel–Cantelli lemma (both in Mathlib), and a block construction. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as is a proof of Doob's LαL^\alphaLα inequality in Mathlib's own form.

Selected references

  • K. Azuma, Weighted sums of certain dependent random variables, Tôhoku Mathematical Journal 19 (1967) 357–367. https://doi.org/10.2748/tmj/1178243286
  • J. L. Doob, Stochastic Processes, Wiley, New York, 1953 (the LαL^\alphaLα maximal inequality, p. 317; reference [2] of Azuma 1967).
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability inequalities for sums of bounded random variables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 58 (1963) 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
  • P. Hartman and A. Wintner, On the law of the iterated logarithm, American Journal of Mathematics 63 (1941) 169–176. https://doi.org/10.2307/2371287
  • V. F. Gaposhkin, The law of the iterated logarithm for Cesàro's and Abel's methods of summation, Theory of Probability and its Applications 10 (1965) 411–420 (reference [3] of Azuma 1967).
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryMathematical PhysicsOptimization+2·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Mean-field Spin Glasses III: The Lagrangian Value of the Stochastic Control Problem Equals the Parisi FunctionalResearch Paper

Motivation

The ground-state energy of a mixed ppp-spin spin glass, OPTN=max⁡σ∈{±1}NHN(σ)/N\mathsf{OPT}_N=\max_{\sigma\in\{\pm1\}^N}H_N(\sigma)/NOPTN​=maxσ∈{±1}N​HN​(σ)/N, converges almost surely to the infimum of the Parisi functional over non-decreasing order parameters (Auffinger–Chen 2017). El Alaoui, Montanari and Sellke (arXiv:2001.00904v1) study algorithms that find near-optimal configurations. They introduce incremental approximate message passing (IAMP) and show that, among a broad class of such algorithms, the best achievable energy is the infimum of the Parisi functional over a larger space of order parameters (their Theorem 4).

The upper bound in Theorem 4 is reduced, in Section 4 of the paper, to a stochastic optimal control problem. The energy reached by a message-passing algorithm becomes the objective of a control problem driven by a Brownian motion, with a terminal constraint and a variance constraint. The variance constraint is removed by a Lagrange multiplier 12ξ′′γ\tfrac12\xi''\gamma21​ξ′′γ. Proposition 4.1 states that the resulting Lagrangian value is exactly the Parisi functional P(γ)\mathsf P(\gamma)P(γ). This mission formalizes that duality and the verification argument behind it (Section 7).

Setting

Mixture. Real coefficients (ck)k≥2(c_k)_{k\ge2}(ck​)k≥2​ define the mixture ξ(t)=∑k≥2ck2tk\xi(t)=\sum_{k\ge2}c_k^2t^kξ(t)=∑k≥2​ck2​tk, with the standing assumption ξ(1+ε)<∞\xi(1+\varepsilon)<\inftyξ(1+ε)<∞ for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. Its derivatives ξ′\xi'ξ′, ξ′′\xi''ξ′′ are nonnegative and nondecreasing on [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Order parameters. SF+\mathsf{SF}_+SF+​ is the set of nonnegative step functions

γ=∑i=1mγi I[ti−1,ti),0=t0<t1<⋯<tm=1, γi≥0.\gamma=\sum_{i=1}^m\gamma_i\,\mathbb I_{[t_{i-1},t_i)},\qquad 0=t_0<t_1<\dots<t_m=1,\ \gamma_i\ge0 .γ=i=1∑m​γi​I[ti−1​,ti​)​,0=t0​<t1​<⋯<tm​=1, γi​≥0.

Put ν(t)=∫t1ξ′′(s)γ(s) ds\nu(t)=\int_t^1\xi''(s)\gamma(s)\,dsν(t)=∫t1​ξ′′(s)γ(s)ds.

Parisi PDE and functional. Φγ:[0,1]×R→R\Phi_\gamma:[0,1]\times\mathbb R\to\mathbb RΦγ​:[0,1]×R→R solves

∂tΦγ+12ξ′′(t)(∂x2Φγ+γ(t)(∂xΦγ)2)=0,Φγ(1,x)=∣x∣.\partial_t\Phi_\gamma+\tfrac12\xi''(t)\big(\partial_x^2\Phi_\gamma+\gamma(t)(\partial_x\Phi_\gamma)^2\big)=0,\qquad\Phi_\gamma(1,x)=|x| .∂t​Φγ​+21​ξ′′(t)(∂x2​Φγ​+γ(t)(∂x​Φγ​)2)=0,Φγ​(1,x)=∣x∣.

For γ∈SF+\gamma\in\mathsf{SF}_+γ∈SF+​ it is given explicitly by the Cole–Hopf recursion: with r(t)=ξ′(1)−ξ′(t)r(t)=\xi'(1)-\xi'(t)r(t)=ξ′(1)−ξ′(t) and G∼N(0,1)G\sim\mathsf N(0,1)G∼N(0,1), for t∈[ti−1,ti)t\in[t_{i-1},t_i)t∈[ti−1​,ti​),

Φγ(t,x)=1γilog⁡Eexp⁡{γiΦγ(ti,x+r(t)−r(ti) G)}.\Phi_\gamma(t,x)=\frac1{\gamma_i}\log\mathbb E\exp\big\{\gamma_i\Phi_\gamma(t_i,x+\sqrt{r(t)-r(t_i)}\,G)\big\}.Φγ​(t,x)=γi​1​logEexp{γi​Φγ​(ti​,x+r(t)−r(ti​)​G)}.

The Parisi functional is P(γ)=Φγ(0,0)−12∫01t ξ′′(t)γ(t) dt\mathsf P(\gamma)=\Phi_\gamma(0,0)-\tfrac12\int_0^1t\,\xi''(t)\gamma(t)\,dtP(γ)=Φγ​(0,0)−21​∫01​tξ′′(t)γ(t)dt.

Control problem. Let BBB be a standard Brownian motion. A control u∈D[t,1]u\in D[t,1]u∈D[t,1] is a process on [t,1][t,1][t,1], progressively measurable for the filtration of (Br)r∈[t,1](B_r)_{r\in[t,1]}(Br​)r∈[t,1]​, with E∫t1ξ′′(s)us2 ds<∞\mathbb E\int_t^1\xi''(s)u_s^2\,ds<\inftyE∫t1​ξ′′(s)us2​ds<∞. The value is

Jγ(t,z)=sup⁡u∈D[t,1]E[∫t1ξ′′(s)us ds+12∫t1ν(s)(ξ′′(s)us2−1)ds]s.t.z+∫t1ξ′′(s) us dBs∈(−1,1) a.s.\mathcal J_\gamma(t,z)=\sup_{u\in D[t,1]}\mathbb E\Big[\int_t^1\xi''(s)u_s\,ds+\frac12\int_t^1\nu(s)\big(\xi''(s)u_s^2-1\big)ds\Big]\quad\text{s.t.}\quad z+\int_t^1\sqrt{\xi''(s)}\,u_s\,dB_s\in(-1,1)\ \text{a.s.}Jγ​(t,z)=u∈D[t,1]sup​E[∫t1​ξ′′(s)us​ds+21​∫t1​ν(s)(ξ′′(s)us2​−1)ds]s.t.z+∫t1​ξ′′(s)​us​dBs​∈(−1,1) a.s.

Candidate value function. With Φγ∗(t,z)=inf⁡x{Φγ(t,x)−xz}\Phi^*_\gamma(t,z)=\inf_x\{\Phi_\gamma(t,x)-xz\}Φγ∗​(t,z)=infx​{Φγ​(t,x)−xz},

V(t,z)=Φγ∗(t,z)−12ν(t)z2−12∫t1ν(s) ds.V(t,z)=\Phi^*_\gamma(t,z)-\tfrac12\nu(t)z^2-\tfrac12\int_t^1\nu(s)\,ds .V(t,z)=Φγ∗​(t,z)−21​ν(t)z2−21​∫t1​ν(s)ds.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.1

Jγ(0,0)=P(γ)for every γ∈SF+.\mathcal J_\gamma(0,0)=\mathsf P(\gamma)\qquad\text{for every }\gamma\in\mathsf{SF}_+ .Jγ​(0,0)=P(γ)for every γ∈SF+​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 7.2 (a)–(e): Φγ(t,⋅)\Phi_\gamma(t,\cdot)Φγ​(t,⋅) is smooth for t<1t<1t<1, with derivatives jointly continuous on [0,1)×R[0,1)\times\mathbb R[0,1)×R and C1C^1C1 in time where γ\gammaγ is constant. The range of ∂xΦγ(t,⋅)\partial_x\Phi_\gamma(t,\cdot)∂x​Φγ​(t,⋅) is (−1,1)(-1,1)(−1,1), it is strictly increasing, and 0<∂x2Φγ(t′,x)≤C(t,γ)0<\partial_x^2\Phi_\gamma(t',x)\le C(t,\gamma)0<∂x2​Φγ​(t′,x)≤C(t,γ) for t′≤tt'\le tt′≤t.
  2. Envelope identities (proof of Lemma 7.3): ∂zΦγ∗(t,z)=−xt∗(z)\partial_z\Phi^*_\gamma(t,z)=-x^*_t(z)∂z​Φγ∗​(t,z)=−xt∗​(z) and ∂z2Φγ∗(t,z)=−1/∂x2Φγ(t,xt∗(z))\partial_z^2\Phi^*_\gamma(t,z)=-1/\partial_x^2\Phi_\gamma(t,x^*_t(z))∂z2​Φγ∗​(t,z)=−1/∂x2​Φγ​(t,xt∗​(z)), where xt∗(z)x^*_t(z)xt∗​(z) is the unique root of ∂xΦγ(t,x)=z\partial_x\Phi_\gamma(t,x)=z∂x​Φγ​(t,x)=z.
  3. Lemma 7.3: VVV solves the HJB equation
∂tV+ξ′′(t)sup⁡λ∈R{λ+λ22(ν(t)+∂z2V)}−12ν(t)=0,V(1,z)=0.\partial_tV+\xi''(t)\sup_{\lambda\in\mathbb R}\Big\{\lambda+\frac{\lambda^2}{2}\big(\nu(t)+\partial_z^2V\big)\Big\}-\frac12\nu(t)=0,\qquad V(1,z)=0 .∂t​V+ξ′′(t)λ∈Rsup​{λ+2λ2​(ν(t)+∂z2​V)}−21​ν(t)=0,V(1,z)=0.
  1. Evaluation at the origin: V(0,0)=P(γ)V(0,0)=\mathsf P(\gamma)V(0,0)=P(γ).
  2. Proposition 7.1: Jγ(t,z)=V(t,z)\mathcal J_\gamma(t,z)=V(t,z)Jγ​(t,z)=V(t,z) for all (t,z)∈[0,1]×(−1,1)(t,z)\in[0,1]\times(-1,1)(t,z)∈[0,1]×(−1,1).

Proposition 7.1 at (0,0)(0,0)(0,0) together with milestone 4 gives the goal.

Significance

The result. By integration by parts (Eq. (4.4) of the paper), Jγ(0,0)\mathcal J_\gamma(0,0)Jγ​(0,0) bounds the value of the constrained control problem (4.2). That problem in turn bounds the asymptotic energy of every message-passing algorithm in the class of Theorem 4. Proposition 4.1 turns the bound into inf⁡γ∈SF+P(γ)\inf_{\gamma\in\mathsf{SF}_+}\mathsf P(\gamma)infγ∈SF+​​P(γ), which is the analytic core of the optimality statement for IAMP. It is also an instance of a broader principle: the Parisi functional has a stochastic-control representation (Jagannath–Tobasco 2016).

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A complete formalization needs a verification theorem for a control problem with a state constraint (M1∈(−1,1)M_1\in(-1,1)M1​∈(−1,1)), Itô's formula for a C1,2C^{1,2}C1,2 function that is only piecewise C1C^1C1 in time, and quantitative regularity of the Cole–Hopf solution. Each of these is reusable well beyond spin glasses.

Difficulty

The value function Jγ\mathcal J_\gammaJγ​ is not known to be smooth, and the dynamic-programming equation (4.6) is only heuristic. The proof therefore guesses a solution and verifies it. Two steps carry the difficulty.

First, the guess VVV is a Legendre transform. Its regularity, and the sign ν+∂z2V<0\nu+\partial_z^2V<0ν+∂z2​V<0 that makes the HJB supremum finite, rest on strict convexity and bounded curvature of Φγ(t,⋅)\Phi_\gamma(t,\cdot)Φγ​(t,⋅) (Lemma 7.2). These must be proved by induction through the Cole–Hopf recursion, including the steps with γi=0\gamma_i=0γi​=0.

Second, the verification argument applies Itô's formula to V(s,Msu)V(s,M^u_s)V(s,Msu​), where MuM^uMu is a martingale confined to (−1,1)(-1,1)(−1,1) and VVV is only C1C^1C1 in time between the jumps of γ\gammaγ. The boundary θ→1\theta\to1θ→1 needs a dominated-convergence argument, and attaining the supremum needs an explicit optimal feedback control built from an SDE.

Formalization scope

  • Mixture. ξ\xiξ is a coefficient sequence c:N→Rc:\mathbb N\to\mathbb Rc:N→R with c0=c1=0c_0=c_1=0c0​=c1​=0 imposed. ξ′\xi'ξ′ and ξ′′\xi''ξ′′ are explicit termwise series.
  • Step functions. SF+\mathsf{SF}_+SF+​ is represented by its data (breakpoints and values). γ\gammaγ is extended by 000 outside [0,1)[0,1)[0,1); its value at t=1t=1t=1 never matters.
  • Cole–Hopf. Φγ\Phi_\gammaΦγ​ is defined by the recursion. When γi=0\gamma_i=0γi​=0, the recursion uses its limit, the heat semigroup, instead of dividing by zero. Expectations over GGG are integrals against gaussianReal 0 1.
  • Derivatives. Space derivatives are deriv/iteratedDeriv. Time derivatives are right derivatives, because γ\gammaγ jumps.
  • Legendre transform. Φγ∗\Phi^*_\gammaΦγ∗​ is a real infimum, used only for ∣z∣<1|z|<1∣z∣<1, where it is bounded below.
  • Brownian motion and filtration. BBB is a Mathlib IsBrownianReal process on R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​, with each BrB_rBr​ measurable. The filtration is Fst=σ(Br:t≤r≤s)\mathcal F^t_s=\sigma(B_r:t\le r\le s)Fst​=σ(Br​:t≤r≤s).
  • Stochastic integral. It is the L2L^2L2 Itô integral of the published definition Peng1990.SMP.IsItoIntegral (horizon 111), whose integrability class is exactly E∫ξ′′u2<∞\mathbb E\int\xi''u^2<\inftyE∫ξ′′u2<∞.
  • Supremum. Jγ(t,z)=v\mathcal J_\gamma(t,z)=vJγ​(t,z)=v is stated as "vvv is the least upper bound of the objective values of admissible controls" (IsLUB), never as a real sSup. A default value of an empty or unbounded supremum therefore cannot make a statement trivially true.
  • Disclosed hypothesis. Lemma 7.2, the envelope identities and Lemma 7.3 assume that ξ\xiξ is not identically zero (some ck≠0c_k\neq0ck​=0). For ξ≡0\xi\equiv0ξ≡0 one has Φγ(t,x)=∣x∣\Phi_\gamma(t,x)=|x|Φγ​(t,x)=∣x∣ for all ttt, and these statements fail. Proposition 7.1, the evaluation at the origin and the goal need no such hypothesis.
  • Lemma 7.3. The statement includes the inequality ν+∂z2V<0\nu+\partial_z^2V<0ν+∂z2​V<0, which the page proves. This rules out reading the HJB supremum as a default value.

The paper's algorithmic results (Theorems 2–4, Corollary 2.2) are out of scope. They need the AMP and state-evolution machinery of Section 5 and Appendix A, and an informal model of computation. The optional bound (4.4) is not stated.

Welcome contributions include the regularity of Cole–Hopf solutions (Gaussian convolution, log-moment-generating functions), a general verification theorem for one-dimensional controlled martingales with a terminal state constraint, and Itô's formula for C1,2C^{1,2}C1,2 functions.

Selected references

  • A. El Alaoui, A. Montanari, M. Sellke, Optimization of Mean-field Spin Glasses, arXiv:2001.00904v1, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2001.00904
  • A. Auffinger, W.-K. Chen, Parisi formula for the ground state energy in the mixed p-spin model, Ann. Probab. 45(6b), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1606.05335
  • A. Jagannath, I. Tobasco, A dynamic programming approach to the Parisi functional, Proc. AMS 144, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1502.04398
  • N. Touzi, Optimal Stochastic Control, Stochastic Target Problems, and Backward SDE, Fields Institute Monographs 29, Springer, 2012 (cited as [Tou12] in the paper; the verification argument of Section 7 follows its Theorem 4.1).
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Mathematical PhysicsOptimizationPartial Differential Equations·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Mean-field Spin Glasses I: Every Minimizer of the Extended Parisi Functional Has Full SupportResearch Paper

Motivation

The Ising mixed ppp-spin model assigns to each configuration σ∈{−1,+1}N\sigma \in \{-1,+1\}^Nσ∈{−1,+1}N the energy of a random polynomial whose covariance is E{HN(σ)HN(σ′)}=Nξ(⟨σ,σ′⟩/N)\mathbb E\{H_N(\sigma)H_N(\sigma')\} = N\xi(\langle\sigma,\sigma'\rangle/N)E{HN​(σ)HN​(σ′)}=Nξ(⟨σ,σ′⟩/N). Its ground-state energy max⁡σHN(σ)/N\max_\sigma H_N(\sigma)/Nmaxσ​HN​(σ)/N converges to the value of a variational problem, the zero-temperature Parisi formula (Auffinger–Chen 2017), in which a functional P\mathsf PP is minimized over non-decreasing order parameters γ\gammaγ. El Alaoui, Montanari and Sellke (arXiv:2001.00904v1) ask how close a polynomial-time algorithm can get to this maximum. Their answer is an extended variational principle: the best value reachable by incremental approximate message passing is inf⁡γ∈LP(γ)\inf_{\gamma\in\mathscr L}\mathsf P(\gamma)infγ∈L​P(γ), where the space L\mathscr LL drops the monotonicity constraint.

The algorithm that reaches this value is built from a minimizer γ∗\gamma_*γ∗​ of P\mathsf PP over L\mathscr LL, and it runs along the set of times where γ∗\gamma_*γ∗​ is positive. Theorem 5 of the paper (p. 30) shows that this set is dense: a minimizer has full support. This mission formalizes that theorem and the first- and second-order optimality conditions it rests on (Section 6.1, pp. 22–31).

Timeline. Parisi proposed the variational formula in 1979. Talagrand (2006) and Panchenko (2013) proved it at positive temperature. Auffinger and Chen (2017) established the zero-temperature version with Φ(1,x)=∣x∣\Phi(1,x)=|x|Φ(1,x)=∣x∣ and proved that a minimizer over the monotone space exists. Jagannath and Tobasco (2016) developed the PDE and SDE tools for the Parisi functional that Section 6.1 of the present paper adapts to non-monotone order parameters. Montanari (2019) gave the first message passing algorithm for the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick case; the present paper (2020) extended it to general mixtures and introduced L\mathscr LL.

Setting

A mixture is ξ(t)=∑k≥2ck2tk\xi(t) = \sum_{k\ge2} c_k^2 t^kξ(t)=∑k≥2​ck2​tk with ξ(1+ε)<∞\xi(1+\varepsilon) < \inftyξ(1+ε)<∞ for some ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0; its derivatives ξ′\xi'ξ′, ξ′′\xi''ξ′′ are the termwise differentiated power series, non-negative and non-decreasing on [0,1][0,1][0,1].

An order parameter is a function γ:[0,1)→R≥0\gamma : [0,1) \to \mathbb R_{\ge0}γ:[0,1)→R≥0​. The extended space is

L={γ:[0,1)→R≥0:∥ξ′′γ∥TV[0,t]<∞ ∀t∈[0,1), ∫01ξ′′(t)γ(t) dt<∞},\mathscr L = \Bigl\{\gamma : [0,1)\to\mathbb R_{\ge0} : \|\xi''\gamma\|_{\mathrm{TV}[0,t]}<\infty\ \forall t\in[0,1),\ \int_0^1\xi''(t)\gamma(t)\,dt<\infty\Bigr\},L={γ:[0,1)→R≥0​:∥ξ′′γ∥TV[0,t]​<∞ ∀t∈[0,1), ∫01​ξ′′(t)γ(t)dt<∞},

with the weighted distance ∥γ1−γ2∥1,ξ′′=∫01ξ′′(t)∣γ1(t)−γ2(t)∣ dt\|\gamma_1-\gamma_2\|_{1,\xi''} = \int_0^1\xi''(t)|\gamma_1(t)-\gamma_2(t)|\,dt∥γ1​−γ2​∥1,ξ′′​=∫01​ξ′′(t)∣γ1​(t)−γ2​(t)∣dt. The non-negative step functions SF+\mathsf{SF}_+SF+​ are the finite sums ∑iaiI[ti−1,ti)\sum_i a_i\mathbb I_{[t_{i-1},t_i)}∑i​ai​I[ti−1​,ti​)​ with 0=t0<⋯<tm=10=t_0<\dots<t_m=10=t0​<⋯<tm​=1 and ai≥0a_i\ge0ai​≥0.

For a terminal condition f0f_0f0​ (convex, continuous, even, non-negative, differentiable off 000 with 0≤f0′≤10\le f_0'\le10≤f0′​≤1 on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞)) and γ∈SF+\gamma\in\mathsf{SF}_+γ∈SF+​, the Parisi PDE

∂tΦ+12ξ′′(t)(∂x2Φ+γ(t)(∂xΦ)2)=0,Φ(1,x)=f0(x),\partial_t\Phi + \tfrac12\xi''(t)\bigl(\partial_x^2\Phi + \gamma(t)(\partial_x\Phi)^2\bigr) = 0,\qquad \Phi(1,x) = f_0(x),∂t​Φ+21​ξ′′(t)(∂x2​Φ+γ(t)(∂x​Φ)2)=0,Φ(1,x)=f0​(x),

has the explicit Cole–Hopf solution Φγ\Phi^\gammaΦγ: on [ti−1,ti)[t_{i-1},t_i)[ti−1​,ti​), Φ(t,x)=γi−1log⁡Eexp⁡{γiΦ(ti,x+ξ′(ti)−ξ′(t) G)}\Phi(t,x) = \gamma_i^{-1}\log\mathbb E\exp\{\gamma_i\Phi(t_i, x+\sqrt{\xi'(t_i)-\xi'(t)}\,G)\}Φ(t,x)=γi−1​logEexp{γi​Φ(ti​,x+ξ′(ti​)−ξ′(t)​G)} with G∼N(0,1)G\sim\mathsf N(0,1)G∼N(0,1). For γ∈L\gamma\in\mathscr Lγ∈L, Φγ\Phi^\gammaΦγ is the limit of Φγn\Phi^{\gamma_n}Φγn​ along step functions γn→γ\gamma_n\to\gammaγn​→γ in the weighted distance. The Parisi functional is

P(γ)=Φγ(0,0)−12∫01t ξ′′(t)γ(t) dt.\mathsf P(\gamma) = \Phi^\gamma(0,0) - \frac12\int_0^1 t\,\xi''(t)\gamma(t)\,dt .P(γ)=Φγ(0,0)−21​∫01​tξ′′(t)γ(t)dt.

Given a Brownian motion BBB, the process XXX solves dXt=ξ′′(t)γ(t) ∂xΦγ(t,Xt) dt+ξ′′(t) dBtdX_t = \xi''(t)\gamma(t)\,\partial_x\Phi^\gamma(t,X_t)\,dt + \sqrt{\xi''(t)}\,dB_tdXt​=ξ′′(t)γ(t)∂x​Φγ(t,Xt​)dt+ξ′′(t)​dBt​, X0=0X_0 = 0X0​=0. The support of γ\gammaγ is S(γ)={t∈[0,1):γ(t)>0}S(\gamma) = \{t\in[0,1):\gamma(t)>0\}S(γ)={t∈[0,1):γ(t)>0}, and S‾(γ)\overline S(\gamma)S(γ) is its closure in [0,1)[0,1)[0,1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

With f0(x)=∣x∣f_0(x) = |x|f0​(x)=∣x∣, if γ∗∈L\gamma_*\in\mathscr Lγ∗​∈L satisfies P(γ∗)=inf⁡γ∈LP(γ)\mathsf P(\gamma_*) = \inf_{\gamma\in\mathscr L}\mathsf P(\gamma)P(γ∗​)=infγ∈L​P(γ), then

S‾(γ∗)=[0,1).\overline S(\gamma_*) = [0,1).S(γ∗​)=[0,1).

Milestones

The path to the goal, in attack order:

  • Proposition 6.1(b),(c): on step functions, ∂xΦ\partial_x\Phi∂x​Φ is non-decreasing with ∣∂xΦ∣≤1|\partial_x\Phi|\le1∣∂x​Φ∣≤1, and ∥Φγ1−Φγ2∥∞≤∥ξ′′(γ1−γ2)∥1\|\Phi^{\gamma_1}-\Phi^{\gamma_2}\|_\infty\le\|\xi''(\gamma_1-\gamma_2)\|_1∥Φγ1​−Φγ2​∥∞​≤∥ξ′′(γ1​−γ2​)∥1​.
  • Lemma 6.2: these properties pass to γ∈L\gamma\in\mathscr Lγ∈L.
  • Lemma 6.5: the SDE has a unique strong solution on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Corollary 6.6: E{∂xΦ(t2,Xt2)2}−E{∂xΦ(t1,Xt1)2}=∫t1t2ξ′′(s) E{(∂x2Φ(s,Xs))2} ds\mathbb E\{\partial_x\Phi(t_2,X_{t_2})^2\}-\mathbb E\{\partial_x\Phi(t_1,X_{t_1})^2\}=\int_{t_1}^{t_2}\xi''(s)\,\mathbb E\{(\partial_x^2\Phi(s,X_s))^2\}\,dsE{∂x​Φ(t2​,Xt2​​)2}−E{∂x​Φ(t1​,Xt1​​)2}=∫t1​t2​​ξ′′(s)E{(∂x2​Φ(s,Xs​))2}ds.
  • Lemma 6.7: the map t↦E{∂x2Φ(t,Xt)2}t\mapsto\mathbb E\{\partial_x^2\Phi(t,X_t)^2\}t↦E{∂x2​Φ(t,Xt​)2} is continuous on [0,1)[0,1)[0,1).
  • Proposition 6.8: the first variation ddsP(γ+sδ)∣s=0+=12∫01ξ′′δ (E{∂xΦ(t,Xt)2}−t) dt\frac{d}{ds}\mathsf P(\gamma+s\delta)|_{s=0+}=\frac12\int_0^1\xi''\delta\,(\mathbb E\{\partial_x\Phi(t,X_t)^2\}-t)\,dtdsd​P(γ+sδ)∣s=0+​=21​∫01​ξ′′δ(E{∂x​Φ(t,Xt​)2}−t)dt.
  • Lemma 6.9: S(γ)S(\gamma)S(γ) is a countable disjoint union of intervals.
  • Corollary 6.10: E{∂xΦγ∗(t,Xt)2}=t\mathbb E\{\partial_x\Phi^{\gamma_*}(t,X_t)^2\}=tE{∂x​Φγ∗​(t,Xt​)2}=t on S‾(γ∗)\overline S(\gamma_*)S(γ∗​) and ≥t\ge t≥t off it.
  • Corollary 6.11: ξ′′(t) E{∂x2Φγ∗(t,Xt)2}=1\xi''(t)\,\mathbb E\{\partial_x^2\Phi^{\gamma_*}(t,X_t)^2\}=1ξ′′(t)E{∂x2​Φγ∗​(t,Xt​)2}=1 on S‾(γ∗)\overline S(\gamma_*)S(γ∗​).
  • Lemma 6.12: the law of XtX_tXt​ has a density, bounded below on compact sets, once γ\gammaγ vanishes.

Significance

The result. Full support identifies the extended variational principle as one whose minimizers are "nowhere flat". The algorithm of Theorem 3 in the paper follows γ∗\gamma_*γ∗​ through incremental steps whose size is set by γ∗\gamma_*γ∗​, and it needs no special treatment of gaps where γ∗=0\gamma_* = 0γ∗​=0. The stationarity conditions (Corollaries 6.10–6.11) also characterize minimizers over L\mathscr LL the way the Auffinger–Chen conditions characterize minimizers over the monotone space. They are the starting point for comparing inf⁡LP\inf_{\mathscr L}\mathsf PinfL​P with the Parisi value.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; nothing here is open mathematics. The paper's proofs rely on cited PDE regularity (Jagannath–Tobasco 2016) and on standard SDE theory, often in one line. The mission produces a machine-checked chain from the explicit Cole–Hopf formula to the support theorem. Along the way it builds the Parisi PDE solution on a non-monotone class, a first-variation formula, and stationarity conditions, none of which have a formal counterpart. No formal statement of the Parisi functional or the Parisi PDE exists on Prove2Me (index search, 2026-10-03).

Difficulty

Two steps resist a direct argument. The first is the first variation (Proposition 6.8): differentiating Φγ(0,0)\Phi^\gamma(0,0)Φγ(0,0) in γ\gammaγ requires comparing the SDE for γ\gammaγ with the SDE for the perturbed parameter and controlling their difference uniformly, which needs bounds on ∂x2Φ\partial_x^2\Phi∂x2​Φ that degenerate as t→1t\to1t→1. The second is the exclusion of gaps: on an interval where γ∗=0\gamma_*=0γ∗​=0 the PDE is a time-changed heat equation, and the contradiction comes from a strict inequality, which requires the law of XtX_tXt​ to charge every interval (Lemma 6.12). The obvious idea of perturbing γ∗\gamma_*γ∗​ upward on a gap only yields the inequality (6.14), which is consistent with a gap; the second-order identity at the gap's endpoints is what closes the argument.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • The mixture is a coefficient sequence ccc with c0=c1=0c_0=c_1=0c0​=c1​=0; ξ,ξ′,ξ′′\xi,\xi',\xi''ξ,ξ′,ξ′′ are explicit series.
  • Order parameters are functions R→R\mathbb R\to\mathbb RR→R read only on [0,1)[0,1)[0,1). Membership in L\mathscr LL uses eVariationOn for the total variation and IntegrableOn for the integral; the latter includes the a.e.-measurability that the paper takes for granted.
  • Φγ\Phi^\gammaΦγ for step functions is the Cole–Hopf recursion (7.3). For a piece with γi=0\gamma_i = 0γi​=0 the formula's limit, the heat semigroup, is used instead of a division by zero. E\mathbb EE over GGG is integration against gaussianReal 0 1. For γ∈L\gamma\in\mathscr Lγ∈L, Φγ\Phi^\gammaΦγ is a limit along the filter of step functions converging in the weighted L1L^1L1 distance; it is never "some solution of the PDE".
  • ∂xΦ\partial_x\Phi∂x​Φ and ∂x2Φ\partial_x^2\Phi∂x2​Φ are iterated derivs in xxx. Lemma 6.2's weak-derivative claim is stated as "convex and 1-Lipschitz", its equivalent.
  • The SDE uses the published strong-solution concept EthierKurtz.SolvesBrownianSDE in dimension one, with coefficients extended by zero after time 111. The driver is assumed to be a standard Brownian motion (IsBrownianReal). Statements about XXX hold for every strong solution, which by Lemma 6.5 is unique.
  • Section 6.1's results are stated for every admissible f0f_0f0​; P\mathsf PP is parametrized by f0f_0f0​, and Theorem 5 fixes f0=∣⋅∣f_0=|\cdot|f0​=∣⋅∣.
  • Minimality is "P(γ∗)≤P(γ)\mathsf P(\gamma_*)\le\mathsf P(\gamma)P(γ∗​)≤P(γ) for all γ∈L\gamma\in\mathscr Lγ∈L", never a real infimum. S‾(γ)\overline S(\gamma)S(γ) is closure (S γ) ∩ Ico 0 1. Right-continuity of γ∗\gamma_*γ∗​, the paper's convention from p. 28, is a hypothesis.
  • Disclosed hypothesis ξ≢0\xi\not\equiv0ξ≡0 (some ck≠0c_k\neq0ck​=0) on Theorem 5, Corollaries 6.10–6.11 and Lemma 6.12. For ξ≡0\xi\equiv0ξ≡0 every γ\gammaγ minimizes P\mathsf PP and X≡0X\equiv0X≡0, so γ∗≡0\gamma_*\equiv0γ∗​≡0 has empty support and each of those statements fails. When c2=0c_2=0c2​=0 no minimizer exists (Corollary 6.11 at t=0t=0t=0), and Theorem 5 is vacuous, as in the paper.
  • Lemma 6.12's density bound is stated without choosing density versions: ε Leb(A)≤P(Xt∈A)\varepsilon\,\mathrm{Leb}(A)\le\mathbb P(X_t\in A)εLeb(A)≤P(Xt​∈A) for measurable A⊆[−M,M]A\subseteq[-M,M]A⊆[−M,M].

A trivializing formalization is excluded: Φγ\Phi^\gammaΦγ and XXX are the paper's objects, built from the data, so the goal cannot be met by choosing a convenient solution, and minimality over L\mathscr LL cannot be satisfied by a junk infimum.

Not formalized: the weak formulation (6.4) of Lemma 6.2, printed with a wrong boundary term; the stochastic-integral identity (6.7) of Lemma 6.5; the regularity Lemmas 6.3–6.4; Proposition 6.1(a). The paper's algorithmic Theorems 2–4 are out of scope, because they concern algorithms in an informal model of computation and an AMP state-evolution theory that is not part of this mission.

Useful infrastructure beyond this mission: the Cole–Hopf solution and its Lipschitz dependence on γ\gammaγ, the Parisi functional on L\mathscr LL, and the SDE (6.3). Contributions that formalize Itô's formula for these processes or the regularity of Φγ\Phi^\gammaΦγ are welcome as supporting lemmas.

Selected references

  • A. El Alaoui, A. Montanari, M. Sellke, Optimization of Mean-field Spin Glasses, arXiv:2001.00904v1, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2001.00904
  • A. Auffinger, W.-K. Chen, Parisi formula for the ground state energy in the mixed p-spin model, Annals of Probability, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1606.05335
  • A. Jagannath, I. Tobasco, A dynamic programming approach to the Parisi functional, Proceedings of the AMS, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1502.04398
  • A. Montanari, Optimization of the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick Hamiltonian, FOCS 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1812.10897
  • M. Talagrand, The Parisi formula, Annals of Mathematics 163(1), 2006. https://doi.org/10.4007/annals.2006.163.221
  • D. Panchenko, The Parisi ultrametricity conjecture, Annals of Mathematics 177(1), 2013. https://doi.org/10.4007/annals.2013.177.1.8
22 thms1 active userReviewed
Mathematical PhysicsOptimizationPartial Differential Equations·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Mean-field Spin Glasses II: Under No Overlap Gap, the Monotone Parisi Minimizer Also Minimizes the Extended FunctionalResearch Paper

Motivation

The mixed ppp-spin model is a random polynomial on the hypercube {−1,+1}N\{-1,+1\}^N{−1,+1}N: a centered Gaussian process HN(σ)H_N(\boldsymbol\sigma)HN​(σ) with covariance E{HN(σ)HN(σ′)}=Nξ(⟨σ,σ′⟩/N)\mathbb E\{H_N(\boldsymbol\sigma)H_N(\boldsymbol\sigma')\} = N\xi(\langle\boldsymbol\sigma,\boldsymbol\sigma'\rangle/N)E{HN​(σ)HN​(σ′)}=Nξ(⟨σ,σ′⟩/N). Its maximum OPTN=max⁡σHN(σ)/N\mathrm{OPT}_N = \max_{\boldsymbol\sigma} H_N(\boldsymbol\sigma)/NOPTN​=maxσ​HN​(σ)/N is a canonical random optimization problem; for ξ(t)=c22t2\xi(t) = c_2^2t^2ξ(t)=c22​t2 it is the ground state of the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model. Auffinger and Chen (AC17) proved that OPTN\mathrm{OPT}_NOPTN​ converges almost surely to the infimum of the zero-temperature Parisi functional P\mathsf PP over a space U\mathscr UU of non-decreasing order parameters.

El Alaoui, Montanari and Sellke (arXiv:2001.00904v1) characterize what a class of message-passing algorithms achieves on this problem. The answer is the infimum of the same functional over a larger space L\mathscr LL of order parameters that need not be monotone. Whether these algorithms reach the true optimum is therefore the question whether inf⁡UP=inf⁡LP\inf_{\mathscr U}\mathsf P = \inf_{\mathscr L}\mathsf PinfU​P=infL​P. The paper proves this equality under the no-overlap gap assumption, that the Parisi minimizer over U\mathscr UU can be taken strictly increasing (Assumption 2, p. 8). This is believed to hold for the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model and to fail for pure ppp-spin models with p≥3p \ge 3p≥3. This mission formalizes that equality, stated as a property of the minimizer.

Timeline. Parisi's formula (1979) was proved by Talagrand (2006) and Panchenko (2013). Auffinger and Chen (2017) gave its zero-temperature form (1.7). Jagannath and Tobasco (JT16) gave a PDE and variational treatment of the Parisi functional at positive temperature, including its convexity. Montanari (Mon19) gave a message-passing algorithm for the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model under no overlap gap. El Alaoui, Montanari and Sellke (2020) extended it to mixed ppp-spin models and introduced the extended principle over L\mathscr LL.

Setting

A mixture is ξ(t)=∑k≥2ck2tk\xi(t) = \sum_{k\ge2} c_k^2 t^kξ(t)=∑k≥2​ck2​tk with ξ(1+ε)<∞\xi(1+\varepsilon) < \inftyξ(1+ε)<∞ for some ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0, with derivatives ξ′\xi'ξ′ and ξ′′\xi''ξ′′ given by the termwise series. Order parameters are functions γ:[0,1)→R≥0\gamma : [0,1) \to \mathbb R_{\ge0}γ:[0,1)→R≥0​, in one of two spaces:

U={γ non-decreasing, ∫01γ(t) dt<∞},L={∥ξ′′γ∥TV[0,t]<∞ ∀t<1, ∫01ξ′′(t)γ(t) dt<∞}.\mathscr U = \Big\{\gamma \text{ non-decreasing},\ \int_0^1\gamma(t)\,dt < \infty\Big\},\qquad \mathscr L = \Big\{\|\xi''\gamma\|_{TV[0,t]} < \infty\ \forall t<1,\ \int_0^1\xi''(t)\gamma(t)\,dt < \infty\Big\}.U={γ non-decreasing, ∫01​γ(t)dt<∞},L={∥ξ′′γ∥TV[0,t]​<∞ ∀t<1, ∫01​ξ′′(t)γ(t)dt<∞}.

Here ∥⋅∥TV[0,t]\|\cdot\|_{TV[0,t]}∥⋅∥TV[0,t]​ is total variation on [0,t][0,t][0,t], and U⊆L\mathscr U \subseteq \mathscr LU⊆L.

For a step function γ=∑iγiI[ti−1,ti)\gamma = \sum_i \gamma_i \mathbb I_{[t_{i-1},t_i)}γ=∑i​γi​I[ti−1​,ti​)​ with γi≥0\gamma_i \ge 0γi​≥0 (the space SF+\mathrm{SF}_+SF+​), the Parisi PDE

∂tΦ+12ξ′′(t)(∂x2Φ+γ(t)(∂xΦ)2)=0,Φ(1,x)=∣x∣,\partial_t\Phi + \tfrac12\xi''(t)\big(\partial_x^2\Phi + \gamma(t)(\partial_x\Phi)^2\big) = 0,\qquad \Phi(1,x) = |x|,∂t​Φ+21​ξ′′(t)(∂x2​Φ+γ(t)(∂x​Φ)2)=0,Φ(1,x)=∣x∣,

is solved explicitly by the Cole–Hopf recursion (7.3). It is a Gaussian log-moment-generating step on each piece, and a heat-semigroup step where γi=0\gamma_i = 0γi​=0. For general γ∈L\gamma \in \mathscr Lγ∈L, Φγ\Phi^\gammaΦγ is the limit of Φγn\Phi^{\gamma_n}Φγn​ along step functions γn→γ\gamma_n \to \gammaγn​→γ in the weighted norm ∫01ξ′′∣γn−γ∣\int_0^1\xi''|\gamma_n - \gamma|∫01​ξ′′∣γn​−γ∣. The Parisi functional is

P(γ)=Φγ(0,0)−12∫01t ξ′′(t)γ(t) dt.\mathsf P(\gamma) = \Phi^\gamma(0,0) - \frac12\int_0^1 t\,\xi''(t)\gamma(t)\,dt .P(γ)=Φγ(0,0)−21​∫01​tξ′′(t)γ(t)dt.

The process XXX is the strong solution of dXt=ξ′′(t)γ(t)∂xΦγ(t,Xt) dt+ξ′′(t) dBtdX_t = \xi''(t)\gamma(t)\partial_x\Phi^\gamma(t,X_t)\,dt + \sqrt{\xi''(t)}\,dB_tdXt​=ξ′′(t)γ(t)∂x​Φγ(t,Xt​)dt+ξ′′(t)​dBt​, X0=0X_0 = 0X0​=0 (Eq. (6.3)), driven by a standard Brownian motion BBB.

Formalization targets

Goal: the monotone minimizer is a minimizer over L\mathscr LL (Section 6.3, p. 34)

If γ∗∈U\gamma_* \in \mathscr Uγ∗​∈U is strictly increasing on [0,1)[0,1)[0,1) and P(γ∗)≤P(γ)\mathsf P(\gamma_*) \le \mathsf P(\gamma)P(γ∗​)≤P(γ) for every γ∈U\gamma \in \mathscr Uγ∈U, then

P(γ∗)≤P(γ)for every γ∈L.\mathsf P(\gamma_*) \le \mathsf P(\gamma)\qquad\text{for every }\gamma \in \mathscr L .P(γ∗​)≤P(γ)for every γ∈L.

Since U⊆L\mathscr U \subseteq \mathscr LU⊆L, this is the paper's main result 2 (p. 4), inf⁡UP=inf⁡LP\inf_{\mathscr U}\mathsf P = \inf_{\mathscr L}\mathsf PinfU​P=infL​P under no overlap gap.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6.7 (p. 27): for γ∈L\gamma\in\mathscr Lγ∈L, t↦E{∂x2Φ(t,Xt)2}t\mapsto\mathbb E\{\partial_x^2\Phi(t,X_t)^2\}t↦E{∂x2​Φ(t,Xt​)2} is continuous on [0,1)[0,1)[0,1).
  2. Proposition 6.8 (p. 27): the right derivative of s↦P(γ+sδ)s\mapsto\mathsf P(\gamma+s\delta)s↦P(γ+sδ) at 000 is 12∫01ξ′′(t)δ(t)(E{∂xΦ(t,Xt)2}−t) dt\frac12\int_0^1\xi''(t)\delta(t)\big(\mathbb E\{\partial_x\Phi(t,X_t)^2\}-t\big)\,dt21​∫01​ξ′′(t)δ(t)(E{∂x​Φ(t,Xt​)2}−t)dt, for admissible directions δ\deltaδ that vanish near t=1t = 1t=1.
  3. Lemma 6.15 (p. 33): under no overlap gap, E{∂xΦγ∗(t,Xt)2}=t\mathbb E\{\partial_x\Phi^{\gamma_*}(t,X_t)^2\} = tE{∂x​Φγ∗​(t,Xt​)2}=t for every t∈[0,1)t\in[0,1)t∈[0,1).
  4. Convexity (Section 6.3, p. 34): P\mathsf PP is convex on L\mathscr LL.

Significance

The result. The goal identifies the value reached by the paper's message-passing algorithm with the ground-state energy whenever the Parisi minimizer is strictly increasing. Combined with the paper's algorithmic theorem, it yields a (1−ε)(1-\varepsilon)(1−ε)-approximation of OPTN\mathrm{OPT}_NOPTN​ in time linear in the input size, for the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model and any other mixture with no overlap gap (Corollary 2.2). It also gives a structural fact about the variational problem: when the minimizer is strictly increasing, the monotonicity constraint in U\mathscr UU is not binding.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, but the proof leans on an external citation ([JT16, Theorem 20]) for convexity of P\mathsf PP on L\mathscr LL. It also applies the first-variation formula in a direction that does not meet that formula's stated hypotheses. A machine-checked development closes both gaps. No part of this theory (the Parisi PDE, its Cole–Hopf solution, or the extended functional) has been formalized before, to our knowledge.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is: convexity plus stationarity gives a global minimum. Both inputs are hard. Stationarity (Lemma 6.15) needs the first variation of P\mathsf PP in directions that keep γ∗+sδ\gamma_*+s\deltaγ∗​+sδ monotone. That variation is a derivative of the solution of a nonlinear PDE with respect to its coefficient, expressed through an SDE driven by that solution's own gradient. Convexity of P\mathsf PP on L\mathscr LL is not visible from the formula: Φγ(0,0)\Phi^\gamma(0,0)Φγ(0,0) is defined through a limit of nested Cole–Hopf recursions, and the paper does not prove it, citing a positive-temperature argument instead. Finally, the goal needs the first variation in the direction γ−γ∗\gamma - \gamma_*γ−γ∗​, which is generally non-zero near t=1t = 1t=1, where ξ′′γ\xi''\gammaξ′′γ may blow up. Proposition 6.8 as stated excludes such directions.

Formalization scope

  • Mixture. A coefficient sequence c : ℕ → ℝ with c0=c1=0c_0 = c_1 = 0c0​=c1​=0 and ∑kck2(1+ε)k<∞\sum_k c_k^2(1+\varepsilon)^k < \infty∑k​ck2​(1+ε)k<∞ for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. ξ′\xi'ξ′ and ξ′′\xi''ξ′′ are explicit power series.
  • Order parameters. Functions R→R\mathbb R\to\mathbb RR→R; membership in U\mathscr UU and L\mathscr LL reads only [0,1)[0,1)[0,1). Total variation is eVariationOn; finiteness of integrals is IntegrableOn (which includes measurability).
  • Cole–Hopf. Step-function data (m,t,a)(m,t,a)(m,t,a) with m≥1m\ge1m≥1. The γi=0\gamma_i = 0γi​=0 pieces use the heat semigroup, the limit of (7.3). The terminal condition is ∣x∣|x|∣x∣. Gaussian expectations are integrals against gaussianReal 0 1.
  • Φγ\Phi^\gammaΦγ on L\mathscr LL. limUnder of the Cole–Hopf values along step-function data converging to γ\gammaγ in the weighted L1L^1L1 distance. ∂x\partial_x∂x​ is deriv in xxx.
  • SDE. The published definition EthierKurtz.SolvesBrownianSDE in dimension one, with coefficients extended by 000 after time 111. Brownian motion is Mathlib's IsBrownianReal, and expectations are Bochner integrals.
  • Minimality. Always attainment, P(γ∗)≤P(γ)\mathsf P(\gamma_*)\le\mathsf P(\gamma)P(γ∗​)≤P(γ) for all γ\gammaγ in the space, never a real infimum (which Lean sets to 000 on unbounded sets).
  • Disclosed hypothesis. Lemma 6.15 assumes that some ck≠0c_k \ne 0ck​=0. For ξ≡0\xi\equiv0ξ≡0 it is false: P≡0\mathsf P\equiv0P≡0, X≡0X\equiv0X≡0, and the left side is constant in ttt. The goal does not need it.
  • Ruled out. A formalization that defines Φγ\Phi^\gammaΦγ as an arbitrary weak solution of the PDE, or via a choice from an unproved existence statement, would make P\mathsf PP unconstrained. It is not acceptable. Encoding the hypothesis on γ∗\gamma_*γ∗​ as minimality over L\mathscr LL would make the goal trivial.
  • Proof gaps in the source. Convexity of P\mathsf PP on L\mathscr LL is cited, not proved. The step from stationarity to the goal applies Proposition 6.8 outside its stated hypotheses. The statements are the paper's and are believed true.
  • Out of scope. The paper's algorithmic results (Theorems 2–4, Corollary 2.2) assert algorithms with complexity bounds in an informal computation model, and rest on a long state-evolution analysis. They are not part of this mission.

Contributions welcome: Cole–Hopf regularity (smoothness and the bound ∣∂xΦ∣≤1|\partial_x\Phi|\le1∣∂x​Φ∣≤1), the Lipschitz estimate in γ\gammaγ that makes Φγ\Phi^\gammaΦγ well defined, well-posedness of the SDE, and Itô calculus for the first variation. The Cole–Hopf layer and the SDE well-posedness are reusable for the companion missions on the full-support theorem and the stochastic-control duality of the same paper.

Selected references

  • A. El Alaoui, A. Montanari, M. Sellke, Optimization of Mean-field Spin Glasses, arXiv:2001.00904v1, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2001.00904v1
  • A. Auffinger, W.-K. Chen, Parisi formula for the ground state energy in the mixed p-spin model, Ann. Probab. 45(6b), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1606.05335
  • A. Jagannath, I. Tobasco, A dynamic programming approach to the Parisi functional, Proc. AMS 144(7), 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1502.04398
  • A. Montanari, Optimization of the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick Hamiltonian, FOCS 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1812.10897
  • M. Talagrand, The Parisi formula, Ann. Math. 163(1), 2006. https://doi.org/10.4007/annals.2006.163.221
  • D. Panchenko, The Parisi ultrametricity conjecture, Ann. Math. 177(1), 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1112.1003
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Stochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence in law of the minimum of a branching random walk: The Minimum Centred at (3/2) ln n Converges to a Gumbel Law Shifted by the Derivative MartingaleResearch Paper

Motivation

A branching random walk is the simplest model of a population that both reproduces and moves: every particle dies and leaves a random cloud of children displaced relative to it. Its extreme particles control the speed of travelling waves in reaction–diffusion equations (the KPP/Fisher equation), the free energy of directed polymers on trees, the cover and hitting times of random walks on trees, and the maxima of log-correlated fields such as the two-dimensional Gaussian free field. The basic quantity is the position of the leftmost particle at time nnn.

Timeline.

  • 1974–1976: Hammersley, Kingman and Biggins prove the law of large numbers Mn/n→γM_n/n\to\gammaMn​/n→γ for the minimum.
  • 1978–1983: Bramson shows that for branching Brownian motion the maximum, centred at 2 t−322ln⁡t\sqrt2\,t-\frac{3}{2\sqrt2}\ln t2​t−22​3​lnt, converges in law (Bramson 1983). Lalley and Sellke (1987, Ann. Probab. 15) identify the limit as a Gumbel law randomly shifted by the limit of the derivative martingale.
  • 2004: Biggins and Kyprianou prove that the derivative martingale of a branching random walk converges to a limit that is non-trivial in the boundary case (Adv. Appl. Probab. 36).
  • 2009: Hu and Shi (arXiv:math/0702799) and Addario-Berry and Reed (Ann. Probab. 37) find the logarithmic correction: Mn−32ln⁡nM_n-\frac32\ln nMn​−23​lnn is tight. Bramson and Zeitouni (2009) obtain tightness around the median under tail assumptions.
  • 2013: Aïdékon proves convergence in law of Mn−32ln⁡nM_n-\frac32\ln nMn​−23​lnn for general non-lattice branching random walks, the result this mission formalizes (arXiv:1101.1810, Ann. Probab. 41 (2013)).

Setting

Let L\mathcal LL be a point process on R\mathbb RR: a random, possibly infinite, collection of points. Start one particle at 000. At time 111 it dies and leaves children at the points of L\mathcal LL; each particle of generation nnn then dies and leaves children at the points of an independent copy of L\mathcal LL, translated to its own position. Vertices of the genealogical tree T\mathbb TT (a Galton–Watson tree) are labelled by finite words u=(i0,…,ik−1)u=(i_0,\dots,i_{k-1})u=(i0​,…,ik−1​); ∣u∣=k|u|=k∣u∣=k is the generation, uju_juj​ the ancestor at generation jjj, and V(u)V(u)V(u) the position.

The paper works in the boundary case

E[∑∣x∣=11]>1,E[∑∣x∣=1e−V(x)]=1,E[∑∣x∣=1V(x)e−V(x)]=0,(1.1)\mathbf E\Big[\sum_{|x|=1}1\Big]>1,\qquad \mathbf E\Big[\sum_{|x|=1}e^{-V(x)}\Big]=1,\qquad \mathbf E\Big[\sum_{|x|=1}V(x)e^{-V(x)}\Big]=0,\tag{1.1}E[∣x∣=1∑​1]>1,E[∣x∣=1∑​e−V(x)]=1,E[∣x∣=1∑​V(x)e−V(x)]=0,(1.1)

and assumes throughout that L\mathcal LL is non-lattice and that

E[∑∣x∣=1V(x)2e−V(x)]<∞,E[X(ln⁡+X)2]<∞,E[X~ln⁡+X~]<∞,(1.3–1.4)\mathbf E\Big[\sum_{|x|=1}V(x)^2e^{-V(x)}\Big]<\infty,\qquad \mathbf E\big[X(\ln_+X)^2\big]<\infty,\qquad \mathbf E\big[\tilde X\ln_+\tilde X\big]<\infty,\tag{1.3–1.4}E[∣x∣=1∑​V(x)2e−V(x)]<∞,E[X(ln+​X)2]<∞,E[X~ln+​X~]<∞,(1.3–1.4)

with X=∑∣x∣=1e−V(x)X=\sum_{|x|=1}e^{-V(x)}X=∑∣x∣=1​e−V(x) and X~=∑∣x∣=1V(x)+e−V(x)\tilde X=\sum_{|x|=1}V(x)_+e^{-V(x)}X~=∑∣x∣=1​V(x)+​e−V(x). The objects of the main theorem are the minimum Mn=min⁡{V(x):∣x∣=n}M_n=\min\{V(x):|x|=n\}Mn​=min{V(x):∣x∣=n} (with min⁡∅=+∞\min\varnothing=+\inftymin∅=+∞) and the derivative martingale

Dn=∑∣x∣=nV(x)e−V(x),D_n=\sum_{|x|=n}V(x)e^{-V(x)},Dn​=∣x∣=n∑​V(x)e−V(x),

which converges almost surely to a limit D∞≥0D_\infty\ge0D∞​≥0, strictly positive on non-extinction. A standard example: two children with i.i.d. normal displacements of mean and variance 2ln⁡22\ln22ln2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1

There is a constant C∗∈(0,∞)C^*\in(0,\infty)C∗∈(0,∞) such that for every real xxx,

lim⁡n→∞P(Mn≥32ln⁡n+x)=E[e−C∗exD∞].\lim_{n\to\infty}\mathbf P\Big(M_n\ge\tfrac32\ln n+x\Big)=\mathbf E\Big[e^{-C^*e^xD_\infty}\Big].n→∞lim​P(Mn​≥23​lnn+x)=E[e−C∗exD∞​].

The constant is not specified numerically. It is the product C1c0C_1c_0C1​c0​ of the constants below.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Many-to-one lemma (2.1): Ea[∑∣x∣=ng(V(x1),…,V(xn))]=Ea[eSn−ag(S1,…,Sn)]\mathbf E_a[\sum_{|x|=n}g(V(x_1),\dots,V(x_n))]=\mathbf E_a[e^{S_n-a}g(S_1,\dots,S_n)]Ea​[∑∣x∣=n​g(V(x1​),…,V(xn​))]=Ea​[eSn​−ag(S1​,…,Sn​)] for a centred random walk SSS.
  2. Renewal function (2.13): the renewal function RRR of the strict descending ladder heights of SSS satisfies R(x)/x→c0>0R(x)/x\to c_0>0R(x)/x→c0​>0.
  3. Corollary 3.2 and Proposition 1.2: for the walk killed below 000, ez P(Mnkill<32ln⁡n−z)→C1e^z\,\mathbf P(M_n^{\rm kill}<\frac32\ln n-z)\to C_1ezP(Mnkill​<23​lnn−z)→C1​, uniformly for z∈[A,32ln⁡n−A]z\in[A,\frac32\ln n-A]z∈[A,23​lnn−A].
  4. Global minimum bound: P(∃u∈T:V(u)≤−y)≤e−y\mathbf P(\exists u\in\mathbb T: V(u)\le-y)\le e^{-y}P(∃u∈T:V(u)≤−y)≤e−y.
  5. Corollary 3.5: P(Mn≤32ln⁡n−y)≤(1+c10(1+y))e−y\mathbf P(M_n\le\frac32\ln n-y)\le(1+c_{10}(1+y))e^{-y}P(Mn​≤23​lnn−y)≤(1+c10​(1+y))e−y.
  6. Proposition 4.1: ezzP(Mn<32ln⁡n−z)→C1c0\frac{e^z}{z}\mathbf P(M_n<\frac32\ln n-z)\to C_1c_0zez​P(Mn​<23​lnn−z)→C1​c0​, uniformly on the same window.
  7. Derivative martingale: Dn→D∞D_n\to D_\inftyDn​→D∞​ a.s., D∞≥0D_\infty\ge0D∞​≥0, D∞>0D_\infty>0D∞​>0 a.s. on non-extinction.
  8. (5.2): ∑u∈Z[A]V(u)e−V(u)→D∞\sum_{u\in\mathcal Z[A]}V(u)e^{-V(u)}\to D_\infty∑u∈Z[A]​V(u)e−V(u)→D∞​ a.s. as A→∞A\to\inftyA→∞, where Z[A]\mathcal Z[A]Z[A] is the set of particles absorbed at level AAA.

Significance

The theorem identifies the limit law of the extreme particle: Mn−32ln⁡nM_n-\frac32\ln nMn​−23​lnn converges in law, on the event of survival, to a Gumbel variable shifted by −ln⁡(C∗D∞)-\ln(C^*D_\infty)−ln(C∗D∞​). It is the input for the study of the whole extremal process of the branching random walk seen from its leftmost particle (Madaule, J. Theoret. Probab., 2017), and it is the discrete-time counterpart of the Bramson and Lalley–Sellke results that later work on log-correlated fields takes as its template. The 32\frac3223​ correction and the role of the derivative martingale are the signature of the boundary case, and of log-correlated extremes generally.

The result is proved and published. It has not been formalized: Mathlib has no branching processes, no Galton–Watson trees with positions, no renewal theory, and no derivative martingale. This mission produces the first machine-checkable statement of the convergence-in-law theorem and of the intermediate results it rests on. A complete development would also give reusable formal versions of the many-to-one lemma and of renewal theory for ladder heights.

Difficulty

The first-moment computation through the many-to-one lemma gives the wrong centring. It predicts that the minimum sits near 12ln⁡n\frac12\ln n21​lnn, because the expected number of particles below a level is dominated by rare realisations. The true centring 32ln⁡n\frac32\ln n23​lnn only appears after restricting to particles whose ancestral path stays above a barrier, and this restriction requires random-walk estimates (ballot theorems and local limit theorems for walks conditioned to stay positive) that hold uniformly in a window of starting points. A second difficulty is that the limit must be identified, not only shown to exist. Tightness and subsequence arguments do not give the factor D∞D_\inftyD∞​; the identification needs the precise tail C1c0 z e−zC_1c_0\,z\,e^{-z}C1​c0​ze−z of Proposition 4.1, with a known constant, and the almost-sure behaviour of the sum over the stopping line Z[A]\mathcal Z[A]Z[A].

Formalization scope

  • Point process. The law LLL of L\mathcal LL is a probability measure on configurations (N,p)∈N∞×(N→R)(N,p)\in\mathbb N_\infty\times(\mathbb N\to\mathbb R)(N,p)∈N∞​×(N→R), where the points are pip_ipi​ for i<Ni<Ni<N.
  • Tree. Labels are List ℕ. The branching random walk is any family (ξu)u(\xi_u)_{u}(ξu​)u​ of independent measurable configurations of law LLL on a probability space. Every theorem holds for every such realisation, and a canonical realisation exists (product space).
  • Assumptions. Every expectation in (1.1), (1.3), (1.4) is a lower Lebesgue integral of a [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued sum. The signed condition in (1.1) is "the expectations of ∑V+e−V\sum V_+e^{-V}∑V+​e−V and ∑V−e−V\sum V_-e^{-V}∑V−​e−V are equal and finite". Non-lattice means: there are no a∈Ra\in\mathbb Ra∈R and d>0d>0d>0 with all points a.s. in a+dZa+d\mathbb Za+dZ.
  • Which assumptions where. The goal and §§3–5 assume all of them. The many-to-one lemma and the global minimum bound assume only (1.1), and the derivative-martingale milestone drops non-lattice, as in Appendix A.
  • Minima and limits. MnM_nMn​ and MnkillM_n^{\rm kill}Mnkill​ are extended reals, +∞+\infty+∞ on an empty generation, so extinction lies in {Mn≥32ln⁡n+x}\{M_n\ge\frac32\ln n+x\}{Mn​≥23​lnn+x}. DnD_nDn​ is a real sum over generation nnn, absolutely summable almost surely, and D∞D_\inftyD∞​ is its pointwise limit. The expectation in the goal is a lower integral of e−C∗exD∞∈(0,1]e^{-C^*e^xD_\infty}\in(0,1]e−C∗exD∞​∈(0,1].
  • Constants. C∗C^*C∗ is chosen before xxx. In Proposition 4.1, C1C_1C1​ and c0c_0c0​ are hypotheses tied to Proposition 1.2 and (2.13), not re-chosen. Corollaries 3.2 and 3.5 assert existence of their constants without Proposition 3.1 and Corollary 3.4.
  • Not trivial. A formalization with a real-valued MnM_nMn​ equal to 000 on extinction, a D∞D_\inftyD∞​ never shown to be the limit, or a C∗C^*C∗ depending on xxx would not be this theorem. The definitions above rule out each of these.

Out of scope: the spine-measure lemmas (Lemmas 2.3, 3.3, 3.8–3.10, 4.3), Propositions 2.1–2.2 cited from Lyons, and Appendices B–C. Contributions are welcome on all milestones. The many-to-one lemma and the renewal statement are independent of the rest and are natural first targets.

Selected references

  • E. Aïdékon, Convergence in law of the minimum of a branching random walk, Ann. Probab. 41(3A) (2013) 1362–1426. arXiv:1101.1810, doi:10.1214/12-AOP750
  • J. D. Biggins, A. E. Kyprianou, Measure change in multitype branching, Adv. Appl. Probab. 36 (2004) 544–581. Reference [7] of Aïdékon (2013), arXiv:1101.1810, p. 68
  • M. Bramson, Convergence of solutions of the Kolmogorov equation to travelling waves, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 44, no. 285 (1983). doi:10.1090/memo/0285
  • S. P. Lalley, T. Sellke, A conditional limit theorem for the frontier of a branching Brownian motion, Ann. Probab. 15 (1987) 1052–1061. Reference [21] of Aïdékon (2013), arXiv:1101.1810, p. 69
  • Y. Hu, Z. Shi, Minimal position and critical martingale convergence in branching random walks, and directed polymers on disordered trees, Ann. Probab. 37 (2009) 742–789. arXiv:math/0702799
  • L. Addario-Berry, B. Reed, Minima in branching random walks, Ann. Probab. 37 (2009) 1044–1079. Reference [1] of Aïdékon (2013), arXiv:1101.1810, p. 68
  • R. Lyons, A simple path to Biggins' martingale convergence for branching random walk, in Classical and Modern Branching Processes, IMA Vol. Math. Appl. 84 (1997) 217–221. Reference [22] of Aïdékon (2013), arXiv:1101.1810, p. 69
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Minimization Methods for Non-Differentiable Functions VI: Almost-Sure Convergence of the Stochastic Subgradient MethodTextbook

Motivation

Many optimization problems in operations research are posed on an expectation: a two-stage or multistage stochastic program minimizes f(x)=E F(x,ξ)f(x) = E\,F(x,\xi)f(x)=EF(x,ξ), where F(⋅,ξ)F(\cdot,\xi)F(⋅,ξ) is convex but nonsmooth and the expectation cannot be computed exactly. What can be computed is a stochastic subgradient, a random vector whose mean is a subgradient of fff. The stochastic subgradient method replaces the exact subgradient in the classical method by such a random vector. It was introduced by Yu. M. Ermoliev and N. Z. Shor in 1968 and developed by Ermoliev, Nurminski and others into a standard tool of stochastic programming; the same scheme, under the name stochastic (sub)gradient descent, underlies most of large-scale machine learning.

This mission formalizes Section 2.6 of N. Z. Shor, Minimization Methods for Non-Differentiable Functions (Springer 1985): the almost-sure convergence theorem for the stochastic subgradient method (Theorem 2.19), together with two deterministic results of the same section on perturbed and restarted variants of the subgradient method (Theorems 2.18 and 2.20).

Timeline, as recorded in the book:

  • 1968, Ermoliev and Shor: the notion of a stochastic subgradient, introduced for a random search method for two-stage stochastic programs; the convergence theorem reproduced as Theorem 2.19.
  • 1972, Bazhenov: convergence of a subgradient method with restarts for almost differentiable (in general nonconvex) functions, Theorem 2.18.
  • 1976, Shepilov: stability of the subgradient method with respect to errors in the point where the subgradient is computed, Theorem 2.20.

Setting

EnE_nEn​ is nnn-dimensional Euclidean space with inner product (x,y)(x,y)(x,y). A vector ggg is a subgradient of f:En→Rf : E_n \to \mathbb{R}f:En​→R at x0x_0x0​ if f(x)−f(x0)≥(g,x−x0)f(x) - f(x_0) \ge (g, x - x_0)f(x)−f(x0​)≥(g,x−x0​) for all xxx; M∗M^*M∗ is the set of minimum points of fff.

Stochastic subgradient method. Fix a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, P)(Ω,F,P) with a filtration (Fk)k≥0(\mathcal F_k)_{k \ge 0}(Fk​)k≥0​, a deterministic starting point x0x_0x0​, stepsize rules hk:En→Rh_k : E_n \to \mathbb{R}hk​:En​→R and random vectors gk:Ω→Eng_k : \Omega \to E_ngk​:Ω→En​. The iterates are

xk+1=xk−hk(xk) gk,k=0,1,…x_{k+1} = x_k - h_k(x_k)\, g_k, \qquad k = 0,1,\dotsxk+1​=xk​−hk​(xk​)gk​,k=0,1,…

In the book's notation gk=gω(xk)g_k = g_\omega(x_k)gk​=gω​(xk​): a random vector whose expectation, given the state at step kkk, is a subgradient of fff at xkx_kxk​. In the Lean development the iterates are stochIter h G x₀ k ω.

Perturbed subgradient method (Shepilov). Given a subgradient selection gfg_fgf​, points x~k\tilde x_kx~k​ with ∥x~k−xk∥≤δk\|\tilde x_k - x_k\| \le \delta_k∥x~k​−xk​∥≤δk​, and steps hk>0h_k > 0hk​>0: xk+1=xk−hk gf(x~k)/∥gf(x~k)∥x_{k+1} = x_k - h_k\, g_f(\tilde x_k)/\|g_f(\tilde x_k)\|xk+1​=xk​−hk​gf​(x~k​)/∥gf​(x~k​)∥.

Restarted method (Bazhenov). For a function fff that is almost differentiable (Lipschitz on bounded sets, differentiable almost everywhere, with gradient continuous where it exists) and a selection gf(x)g_f(x)gf​(x) of almost-gradients (limit points of gradients at nearby points of differentiability), with Sr={x:∥x−x∗∥≤r}S_r = \{x : \|x - x^*\| \le r\}Sr​={x:∥x−x∗∥≤r}: take the normalized step xˉk+1=xk−hk gf(xk)/∥gf(xk)∥\bar x_{k+1} = x_k - h_k\, g_f(x_k)/\|g_f(x_k)\|xˉk+1​=xk​−hk​gf​(xk​)/∥gf​(xk​)∥ and restart from x0x_0x0​ whenever xˉk+1\bar x_{k+1}xˉk+1​ leaves SrS_rSr​ (resetIter).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.19 (p. 46)

Let fff be convex with a unique minimum point x∗x^*x∗. Suppose E{gk∣Fk}E\{g_k \mid \mathcal F_k\}E{gk​∣Fk​} is a subgradient of fff at xkx_kxk​, E{∥gk∥2∣Fk}≤cE\{\|g_k\|^2 \mid \mathcal F_k\} \le cE{∥gk​∥2∣Fk​}≤c, and almost surely hk(xk)>0h_k(x_k) > 0hk​(xk​)>0, ∑khk(xk)=+∞\sum_k h_k(x_k) = +\infty∑k​hk​(xk​)=+∞, ∑khk2(xk)<∞\sum_k h_k^2(x_k) < \infty∑k​hk2​(xk​)<∞. Then

P(lim⁡k→∞∥xk−x∗∥=0)=1.P\Big(\lim_{k\to\infty} \|x_k - x^*\| = 0\Big) = 1 .P(k→∞lim​∥xk​−x∗∥=0)=1.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (2.42), the conditional one-step inequality
E{∥xk+1−x∗∥2∣Fk}≤∥xk−x∗∥2+c hk2(xk).E\{\|x_{k+1} - x^*\|^2 \mid \mathcal F_k\} \le \|x_k - x^*\|^2 + c\,h_k^2(x_k).E{∥xk+1​−x∗∥2∣Fk​}≤∥xk​−x∗∥2+chk2​(xk​).
  1. Proof of Theorem 2.19, pp. 46–47: with probability one ∥xk−x∗∥2\|x_k - x^*\|^2∥xk​−x∗∥2 converges to a finite limit (no divergence condition on the steps).
  2. Theorem 2.20 (Shepilov): under δk→0\delta_k \to 0δk​→0, ∑hkδk<∞\sum h_k\delta_k < \infty∑hk​δk​<∞, ∑hk2<∞\sum h_k^2 < \infty∑hk2​<∞, ∑hk=∞\sum h_k = \infty∑hk​=∞, the perturbed method converges to a point of M∗M^*M∗.
  3. Theorem 2.18 (Bazhenov): if f(x∗)=min⁡Srff(x^*) = \min_{S_r} ff(x∗)=minSr​​f and inf⁡Sr∖Sε(gf(x),x−x∗)>0\inf_{S_r\setminus S_\varepsilon} (g_f(x), x - x^*) > 0infSr​∖Sε​​(gf​(x),x−x∗)>0 for every 0<ε<r0 < \varepsilon < r0<ε<r, the restarted method with hk→0h_k \to 0hk​→0, ∑hk=∞\sum h_k = \infty∑hk​=∞ converges to x∗x^*x∗ from any x0∈Srx_0 \in S_rx0​∈Sr​.

Significance

Theorem 2.19 is the basic justification of stochastic subgradient methods: without computing fff or any exact subgradient, the method reaches the minimizer with probability one, under stepsize conditions that are met by hk=1/(k+1)h_k = 1/(k+1)hk​=1/(k+1). It is the nonsmooth convex counterpart of the Robbins–Monro theorem and the prototype of the almost-sure convergence results for stochastic quasi-gradient methods used in stochastic programming. Theorem 2.20 shows that the deterministic method tolerates summable errors in the point where the subgradient is evaluated, which is what allows subgradients to be approximated by finite differences (Section 1.3). Theorem 2.18 extends the convergence of the normalized method to local minima of a class of nonconvex functions.

All four results are proved in the literature. To the best of the platform search (September 2026), none is machine-checked: the platform has almost-sure convergence theorems for smooth stochastic approximation under ODE-type hypotheses (Borkar–Meyn) and in-expectation bounds for stochastic gradient descent, neither of which covers this recursion. A formal proof of the goal would give a reusable almost-sure convergence argument for nonsmooth stochastic methods on top of Mathlib's martingale theory.

Difficulty

The deterministic proof of convergence of the subgradient method compares ∥xk+1−x∗∥2\|x_{k+1}-x^*\|^2∥xk+1​−x∗∥2 with ∥xk−x∗∥2\|x_k - x^*\|^2∥xk​−x∗∥2 along the whole trajectory. With random directions this comparison holds only in conditional expectation, and the term hk(gk−E{gk∣Fk},xk−x∗)h_k(g_k - E\{g_k\mid\mathcal F_k\}, x_k - x^*)hk​(gk​−E{gk​∣Fk​},xk​−x∗) is not controlled pathwise. Taking expectations of the one-step inequality and summing gives only bounds on E∥xk−x∗∥2E\|x_k - x^*\|^2E∥xk​−x∗∥2, which do not yield almost-sure convergence. Moreover the stepsize hk(xk)h_k(x_k)hk​(xk​) depends on the random iterate, so the conditions ∑hk2(xk)<∞\sum h_k^2(x_k) < \infty∑hk2​(xk​)<∞ and ∑hk(xk)=∞\sum h_k(x_k) = \infty∑hk​(xk​)=∞ hold only almost surely, not uniformly, and the iterates need not be square-integrable. Identifying the almost-sure limit as 000 requires using the uniqueness of the minimizer to bound (E{gk∣Fk},xk−x∗)(E\{g_k\mid\mathcal F_k\}, x_k - x^*)(E{gk​∣Fk​},xk​−x∗) away from zero outside a neighbourhood of x∗x^*x∗.

In Theorems 2.18 and 2.20 the difficulty is that the distance to x∗x^*x∗ is not monotone: steps taken near the solution, or with a perturbed subgradient, can increase it, and a restart can move the iterate far away.

Formalization scope

  • EnE_nEn​ is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); fff is real-valued (finite everywhere); convexity is ConvexOn ℝ Set.univ f; uniqueness of x∗x^*x∗ is a separate hypothesis.
  • Probabilistic model. The book assumes the distribution of gω(xk)g_\omega(x_k)gω​(xk​) is determined by xkx_kxk​ and independent of the past, and remarks this is inessential. The formalization uses a filtration: gkg_kgk​ is Fk+1\mathcal F_{k+1}Fk+1​-measurable, each hkh_khk​ is Borel measurable, x0x_0x0​ is deterministic, and the hypotheses are on conditional expectations given Fk\mathcal F_kFk​. This contains the book's model.
  • Condition (iii) is printed as E∥gω(xk)∥2≤cE\|g_\omega(x_k)\|^2 \le cE∥gω​(xk​)∥2≤c; the proof uses the conditional bound in (2.42), and the formalization assumes the conditional bound E{∥gk∥2∣Fk}≤cE\{\|g_k\|^2\mid\mathcal F_k\} \le cE{∥gk​∥2∣Fk​}≤c almost surely.
  • Every expectation carries an integrability hypothesis (gkg_kgk​ and ∥gk∥2\|g_k\|^2∥gk​∥2 integrable), so no conditional expectation defaults to Lean's junk value 000. The one-step milestone assumes ∥xk−x∗∥2\|x_k - x^*\|^2∥xk​−x∗∥2 integrable and a bounded stepsize rule at that step, and concludes integrability of ∥xk+1−x∗∥2\|x_{k+1}-x^*\|^2∥xk+1​−x∗∥2.
  • Conditions (i)–(ii) on the random stepsizes are required almost surely. "With probability one lim⁡∥xk−x∗∥=0\lim\|x_k - x^*\| = 0lim∥xk​−x∗∥=0" is ∀ᵐ ω ∂μ, Tendsto (fun k => ‖x k ω - x*‖) atTop (𝓝 0).
  • Division by zero. In Theorems 2.18 and 2.20 the normalized step is undefined when the subgradient vanishes; the formalization skips the step (the iterate is repeated) by an explicit branch, not through Lean's convention x/0=0x/0 = 0x/0=0. When the subgradient never vanishes the sequences are exactly the book's.
  • The printed display (2.42) has xkx_kxk​ where xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​ is meant on its left-hand side; the corrected inequality is stated.
  • A trivializing formalization, for instance dropping the integrability hypotheses so that the conditional expectations vanish, or quantifying the stepsize conditions so that they cannot hold, is excluded by the hypotheses above; the hypotheses are satisfiable (deterministic subgradients of f(x)=∥x∥f(x) = \|x\|f(x)=∥x∥ with hk=1/(k+1)h_k = 1/(k+1)hk​=1/(k+1)).
  • Mathlib supplies conditional expectation (MeasureTheory.condExp), filtrations, and almost-sure convergence of L1L^1L1-bounded (sub/super)martingales; the supermartingale convergence theorem the book cites from Doob is used from Mathlib, not restated. A Robbins–Siegmund-type lemma for nonnegative almost-supermartingales would be the natural reusable contribution. The almost-differentiability and subgradient definitions duplicate drafts of other missions in this series.

Selected references

  • N. Z. Shor, Minimization Methods for Non-Differentiable Functions, Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 3, Springer, 1985, Section 2.6, pp. 44–47. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-82118-9
  • Yu. M. Ermoliev and N. Z. Shor, A random search method for two-stage problems of stochastic programming and its generalization, Kibernetika (Kiev), no. 1, 90–92, 1968.
  • L. G. Bazhenov, On the conditions for convergence of methods for minimizing almost differentiable functions, Kibernetika (Kiev), no. 4, 71–72, 1972.
  • M. A. Shepilov, On a method of generalized gradient for finding the absolute minimum of a convex function, Kibernetika (Kiev), no. 4, 52–57, 1976.
  • Yu. M. Ermoliev, Methods of Stochastic Programming, Nauka, Moscow, 1976.
  • H. Robbins and D. Siegmund, A convergence theorem for non negative almost supermartingales and some applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics, Academic Press, 1971, pp. 233–257. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
  • J. L. Doob, Stochastic Processes, Wiley, New York, 1953 (supermartingale convergence theorem).
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems V: The Average Cost Optimality Equation and Value Iteration for Finite State SpacesTextbook

Motivation

Average cost Markov decision chains model systems that run indefinitely and are judged by their long-run cost per step: admission and routing control in queues, inventory replenishment, machine maintenance. For a finite state space the classical tool is the average cost optimality equation (ACOE)

J+h(i)=min⁡a∈Ai{C(i,a)+∑jPij(a) h(j)},J + h(i) = \min_{a \in A_i}\Big\{C(i,a) + \sum_j P_{ij}(a)\,h(j)\Big\},J+h(i)=a∈Ai​min​{C(i,a)+j∑​Pij​(a)h(j)},

whose solution gives both the minimum average cost JJJ and an optimal stationary policy. To be useful the equation has to be solved numerically, and the method used in practice is value iteration: compute the minimum nnn-horizon costs vnv_nvn​ and extract JJJ and hhh from their growth. This mission formalizes Sections 6.4–6.6 of L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999, doi:10.1002/9780470317037): when the minimum average cost is constant, the ACOE holds, any solution of it is optimal, and value iteration converges, provided the optimal policies are aperiodic. When they are not, a transformation of the model makes them so.

Related classical work includes Blackwell's discrete dynamic programming (1962) and Schweitzer–Federgruen's analysis of undiscounted value iteration (1977); Sennott's treatment derives the ACOE from the discounted value function VαV_\alphaVα​ as α→1−\alpha \to 1^-α→1−, which is the route that extends to countable state spaces in later chapters of the book.

Setting

A Markov decision chain (MDC) Δ\DeltaΔ has a finite state space SSS; in each state iii a finite nonempty action set AiA_iAi​; nonnegative costs C(i,a)C(i,a)C(i,a); and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a). A policy θ\thetaθ may use the whole history and randomize; a stationary policy eee always chooses e(i)∈Aie(i) \in A_ie(i)∈Ai​ in state iii and induces a Markov chain with transitions Pij(e)=Pij(e(i))P_{ij}(e) = P_{ij}(e(i))Pij​(e)=Pij​(e(i)).

For a policy θ\thetaθ and initial state iii: vθ,n(i)v_{\theta,n}(i)vθ,n​(i) is the expected cost of the first nnn steps, Vθ,α(i)V_{\theta,\alpha}(i)Vθ,α​(i) the expected α\alphaα-discounted cost, and Jθ(i)=lim sup⁡nvθ,n(i)/nJ_\theta(i) = \limsup_n v_{\theta,n}(i)/nJθ​(i)=limsupn​vθ,n​(i)/n the average cost. The value functions are the infima over all policies: vnv_nvn​, VαV_\alphaVα​ and the minimum average cost J(i)J(i)J(i). A policy is average cost optimal if Jθ≡JJ_\theta \equiv JJθ​≡J.

Section 6.2 of the book provides a stationary policy fff that is α\alphaα discount optimal for all α\alphaα close to 111 (a Blackwell optimal policy), and Section 6.3 builds from it a relative value function w∗w^*w∗. For a distinguished state zzz put

hα(i)=Vα(i)−Vα(z),h(i)=lim⁡α→1−hα(i),dn(i)=h(i)+nJ−vn(i).h_\alpha(i) = V_\alpha(i) - V_\alpha(z), \qquad h(i) = \lim_{\alpha\to1^-} h_\alpha(i), \qquad d_n(i) = h(i) + nJ - v_n(i).hα​(i)=Vα​(i)−Vα​(z),h(i)=α→1−lim​hα​(i),dn​(i)=h(i)+nJ−vn​(i).

For a distinguished state xxx the finite horizon relative value function is rn(i)=vn(i)−vn(x)r_n(i) = v_n(i) - v_n(x)rn​(i)=vn​(i)−vn​(x).

A positive recurrent class RRR of a Markov chain is aperiodic if Pij(n)→πjP^{(n)}_{ij} \to \pi_jPij(n)​→πj​ for i,j∈Ri, j \in Ri,j∈R, where π\piπ is the steady state distribution. Assumption OPA ("optimal policies are aperiodic") requires every positive recurrent class of every average cost optimal stationary policy to be aperiodic. The aperiodicity transformation Δ∗\Delta^*Δ∗ with 0<τ<10<\tau<10<τ<1 keeps states and actions, scales costs by τ\tauτ, and sets Pij∗(a)=τPij(a)P^*_{ij}(a) = \tau P_{ij}(a)Pij∗​(a)=τPij​(a) for j≠ij \ne ij=i, Pii∗(a)=τPii(a)+(1−τ)P^*_{ii}(a) = \tau P_{ii}(a) + (1-\tau)Pii∗​(a)=τPii​(a)+(1−τ).

Formalization targets

Goal: convergence of value iteration (Proposition 6.6.3)

If J(i)≡JJ(i) \equiv JJ(i)≡J and Assumption OPA holds, then for any distinguished state xxx

lim⁡n→∞[vn(x)−vn−1(x)]=J,lim⁡n→∞rn(i)=:r(i) exists,\lim_{n\to\infty}[v_n(x) - v_{n-1}(x)] = J, \qquad \lim_{n\to\infty} r_n(i) =: r(i) \text{ exists},n→∞lim​[vn​(x)−vn−1​(x)]=J,n→∞lim​rn​(i)=:r(i) exists,

(J,r)(J, r)(J,r) solves the ACOE, and every limit point of the finite horizon optimal stationary policies is average cost optimal.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 6.4.1: unichain structure, bounded ∣Vα(i)−Vα(z)∣|V_\alpha(i) - V_\alpha(z)|∣Vα​(i)−Vα​(z)∣, or pairwise reachability imply J(i)≡JJ(i) \equiv JJ(i)≡J, with the implication diagram (6.26).
  2. Theorem 6.4.2: under J(i)≡JJ(i) \equiv JJ(i)≡J, hhh exists, solves the ACOE (6.31), yields optimal policies, ∣dn∣≤L|d_n| \le L∣dn​∣≤L and vn/n→Jv_n/n \to Jvn​/n→J.
  3. Proposition 6.5.1: any finite solution (F,r)(F, r)(F,r) of the ACOE (or of the inequality (6.36)) gives J≡FJ \equiv FJ≡F and optimal policies, and differs from hhh by constants on recurrent classes.
  4. Lemma 6.6.2: on an aperiodic positive recurrent class of an optimal policy, dnd_ndn​ converges to a constant.
  5. Lemma 6.6.5 and Proposition 6.6.6: Δ∗\Delta^*Δ∗ has the same recurrent classes and steady states, all of them aperiodic, costs scaled by τ\tauτ; value iteration on Δ∗\Delta^*Δ∗ produces a solution (J∗/τ,r∗)(J^*/\tau, r^*)(J∗/τ,r∗) of the ACOE of Δ\DeltaΔ.

Significance

The ACOE with constant JJJ is the standard certificate of optimality for finite average cost models, and Proposition 6.5.1 is what allows any numerical solution of it to be trusted. Proposition 6.6.3 is the correctness theorem of the value iteration algorithm (VIA 6.6.4 of the book), and Proposition 6.6.6 removes its one extra hypothesis at the price of a model transformation. Chapter 8 of the book runs this algorithm on a sequence of finite truncations to compute optimal policies for countable-state queueing models, so these results are the base of the book's computational method.

All results in this mission are proved in the book; none has a machine-checked proof. Existing formalizations on the platform treat average reward models under a unichain hypothesis with a single action set type; this mission assumes only a constant minimum average cost (multichain models allowed) and uses the general policy class throughout.

Difficulty

The ACOE itself is not the obstacle; convergence of vn(x)−vn−1(x)v_n(x) - v_{n-1}(x)vn​(x)−vn−1​(x) is. Theorem 6.4.2 bounds dnd_ndn​ but does not make it converge, and Example 6.6.1 of the book (a two-state periodic chain) shows that without aperiodicity vn(x)−vn−1(x)v_n(x) - v_{n-1}(x)vn​(x)−vn−1​(x) oscillates. The naive argument, passing to the limit in the finite horizon optimality equation, assumes the limits exist, which is exactly what is in question. Chain structure is the obstruction: a multichain optimal policy has several recurrent classes, and the Cesàro-type convergence that suffices for the ACOE itself is weaker than the pointwise convergence value iteration needs. The policy statement is also delicate, since the finite horizon minimizers fnf_nfn​ need not converge.

Formalization scope

  • The state type S is finite ([Fintype S]); actions are a type Act with per-state nonempty Finset action sets. Costs are in ℝ≥0, transition probabilities in ℝ≥0∞, and all value functions are defined in [0,∞] as infima over all history-dependent randomized policies, then converted to ℝ (they are finite for finite SSS).
  • JJJ constant is stated as J(i)=JJ(i) = JJ(i)=J for all iii, with J∈R≥0J \in \mathbb R_{\ge 0}J∈R≥0​. The relative value hhh is defined as the limit α→1−\alpha \to 1^-α→1− of hαh_\alphahα​, not taken as an arbitrary solution of the ACOE; Theorem 6.4.2(i) asserts the limit exists. The Blackwell optimal policy fff enters as a hypothesis: any stationary policy discount optimal on an interval (α0,1)(\alpha_0,1)(α0​,1).
  • min_a is Finset.inf' over AiA_iAi​. Limit points of policy sequences follow Definition B.1 (a subsequence agreeing eventually in every state). Finite horizon optimal policies fnf_nfn​ are any minimizers of vn(i)=min⁡a{C(i,a)+∑jPij(a)vn−1(j)}v_n(i) = \min_a\{C(i,a) + \sum_j P_{ij}(a) v_{n-1}(j)\}vn​(i)=mina​{C(i,a)+∑j​Pij​(a)vn−1​(j)}.
  • Aperiodicity of a class is the book's definition (Pij(n)→πjP^{(n)}_{ij} \to \pi_jPij(n)​→πj​ on the class), with πj=1/mjj\pi_j = 1/m_{jj}πj​=1/mjj​. Assumption OPA quantifies over average cost optimal stationary policies only, not over all stationary policies.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: hhh, rnr_nrn​, dnd_ndn​ and vnv_nvn​ are computed from the model, not free functions constrained by the ACOE, and the ACOE conclusions are equalities of real numbers with the minimum over the actual action sets.
  • The model, criteria and Markov chain definitions restate those of mission IV of this series in their own namespace; they are reusable for any finite average cost result. Contributions of general Markov chain facts (convergence of P(n)P^{(n)}P(n) on aperiodic classes, Cesàro limits 1n∑tP(t)\frac1n\sum_t P^{(t)}n1​∑t​P(t)) are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics, Wiley, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • D. Blackwell, Discrete dynamic programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 33 (1962), 719–726. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • P. J. Schweitzer and A. Federgruen, The asymptotic behavior of undiscounted value iteration in Markov decision problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 2 (1977), 360–381. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2.4.360
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization VI: Adaptive Stepsizes and Cesàro Convergence of Stochastic Quasigradient MethodsTextbook

Motivation

Stochastic quasigradient (SQG) methods minimize an expectation F(x)=Eωf(x,ω)F(x)=E_\omega f(x,\omega)F(x)=Eω​f(x,ω) over a constraint set X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn when neither FFF nor its gradient can be computed, only random vectors whose conditional mean is (close to) a subgradient. They are the workhorse of stochastic programming and, under the name stochastic gradient descent, of large-scale statistical learning. The classical convergence theory, going back to Robbins and Monro (1951) and to Ermoliev's quasi-Féjer analysis, asks the stepsizes to be chosen in advance with ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0, ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞, ∑ρs2<∞\sum\rho_s^2<\infty∑ρs2​<∞. Uryasev, in Chapter 18 of Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization (Ermoliev and Wets, eds., 1988), points out that such programmed rules are slow in practice, and that practitioners want adaptive stepsizes computed on line from the observed directions.

Timeline:

  • 1951: Robbins and Monro, stochastic approximation with programmed steps.
  • 1976: Ermoliev, Methods of Stochastic Programming: the SQG projection method and its a.s. convergence through stochastic quasi-Féjer sequences.
  • 1983: Mirzoakhmedov and Uryasev (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz., cited as [7] in Ch. 18 and [14] in Ch. 17): Cesàro convergence of the weighted mean with ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0 and ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞ only, under the two measurability regimes. Chapter 17 states it as Theorem (ii); Chapter 18 as Theorem 1.
  • 1988: Uryasev, Ch. 18, applies it to the adaptive rule (18.5) (Theorem 2).
  • 1992: Polyak and Juditsky, averaging of iterates for smooth stochastic approximation, with optimal asymptotic variance.

Setting

Let X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn be nonempty, convex and compact, C1=max⁡x,y∈X∥x−y∥C_1=\max_{x,y\in X}\|x-y\|C1​=maxx,y∈X​∥x−y∥ its diameter, and FFF convex on an open convex set U⊇XU\supseteq XU⊇X, with subdifferential ∂F(x)\partial F(x)∂F(x). The projection πX(y)\pi_X(y)πX​(y) is the point of XXX nearest to yyy. On a probability space, the SQG method generates

xs+1=πX(xs−ρsξs),s=0,1,…(18.2)x^{s+1}=\pi_X(x^s-\rho_s\xi^s),\qquad s=0,1,\dots\qquad(18.2)xs+1=πX​(xs−ρs​ξs),s=0,1,…(18.2)

from x0∈Xx^0\in Xx0∈X, where the direction ξs\xi^sξs is a stochastic quasigradient: E(ξs∣Bs)=Fx(xs)+bsE(\xi^s\mid B_s)=F_x(x^s)+b^sE(ξs∣Bs​)=Fx​(xs)+bs with Fx(xs)∈∂F(xs)F_x(x^s)\in\partial F(x^s)Fx​(xs)∈∂F(xs), a bias bsb^sbs, and BsB_sBs​ the σ\sigmaσ-algebra induced by (x0,…,xs,ξ0,…,ξs−1)(x^0,\dots,x^s,\xi^0,\dots,\xi^{s-1})(x0,…,xs,ξ0,…,ξs−1).

The adaptive stepsize rule of the chapter is, for fixed a>1a>1a>1, δ>0\delta>0δ>0 and ρ0>0\rho_0>0ρ0​>0,

ρs+1=ρs a⟨ξs+1, xs−xs+1⟩−δρs(18.5).\rho_{s+1}=\rho_s\,a^{\langle\xi^{s+1},\,x^s-x^{s+1}\rangle-\delta\rho_s}\qquad(18.5).ρs+1​=ρs​a⟨ξs+1,xs−xs+1⟩−δρs​(18.5).

The step grows when consecutive moves point the same way and shrinks otherwise. The weighted (Cesàro) averages are

xˉs=∑ℓ=0sρℓxℓ/∑ℓ=0sρℓ(18.6).\bar x^s=\sum_{\ell=0}^s\rho_\ell x^\ell\Big/\sum_{\ell=0}^s\rho_\ell\qquad(18.6).xˉs=ℓ=0∑s​ρℓ​xℓ/ℓ=0∑s​ρℓ​(18.6).

The sequence xsx^sxs is Cesàro convergent when xˉs\bar x^sxˉs converges to the solution set.

Chapter 17 (Pflug) uses the same method for f(x)=EP q(x,ξ)f(x)=E_P\,q(x,\xi)f(x)=EP​q(x,ξ) over a closed convex S⊆RkS\subseteq\mathbb R^kS⊆Rk, with Y=∇q(Xn,ξn)Y=\nabla q(X_n,\xi_n)Y=∇q(Xn​,ξn​) from i.i.d. ξn\xi_nξn​ and stepsizes adapted to σ(ξ0,…,ξn−1)\sigma(\xi_0,\dots,\xi_{n-1})σ(ξ0​,…,ξn−1​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 of Chapter 18

Under sup⁡s∥ξs∥<C2\sup_s\|\xi^s\|<C_2sups​∥ξs∥<C2​ (18.15), lim sup⁡∥bs∥≤bˉ\limsup\|b^s\|\le\bar blimsup∥bs∥≤bˉ (18.16) and δ>C2lim sup⁡sinf⁡h∈∂F(xs)∥ξs−h∥\delta>C_2\limsup_s\inf_{h\in\partial F(x^s)}\|\xi^s-h\|δ>C2​limsups​infh∈∂F(xs)​∥ξs−h∥ (18.17), almost surely,

lim sup⁡s→∞(F(xˉs)−min⁡x∈XF(x))≤bˉ C1,\limsup_{s\to\infty}\Big(F(\bar x^s)-\min_{x\in X}F(x)\Big)\le\bar b\,C_1,s→∞limsup​(F(xˉs)−x∈Xmin​F(x))≤bˉC1​,

and if bs→0b^s\to0bs→0 a.s., then F(xˉs)→min⁡XFF(\bar x^s)\to\min_XFF(xˉs)→minX​F and all accumulation points of xˉs\bar x^sxˉs are minimizers, almost surely.

Milestones

  1. Chapter 17, Theorem (i): ∑ρn=∞\sum\rho_n=\infty∑ρn​=∞ and ∑ρn2<∞\sum\rho_n^2<\infty∑ρn2​<∞ a.s. imply Xn→x∗X_n\to x^*Xn​→x∗ a.s.
  2. Chapter 17, Theorem (ii): for convex fff and bounded SSS, ρn→0\rho_n\to0ρn​→0 and ∑ρn=∞\sum\rho_n=\infty∑ρn​=∞ a.s. imply Xˉn→x∗\bar X_n\to x^*Xˉn​→x∗ a.s.
  3. Chapter 18, Theorem 1: for any stepsizes with ρs>0\rho_s>0ρs​>0, Eρs2<∞E\rho_s^2<\inftyEρs2​<∞, ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0, ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞ and measurability condition (1) or (2), lim sup⁡F(xˉs)−F(x∗)≤bˉC1\limsup F(\bar x^s)-F(x^*)\le\bar bC_1limsupF(xˉs)−F(x∗)≤bˉC1​ a.s.
  4. Chapter 18, Corollary: with bs→0b^s\to0bs→0, the accumulation points of xˉs\bar x^sxˉs are solutions.
  5. Eq. (18.18): ∥xs+1−xs∥≤∥ρsξs∥≤ρsC2\|x^{s+1}-x^s\|\le\|\rho_s\xi^s\|\le\rho_sC_2∥xs+1−xs∥≤∥ρs​ξs∥≤ρs​C2​.
  6. Proof of Theorem 2, step 1: the adaptive steps satisfy ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞.
  7. Proof of Theorem 2, step 2: under (18.17), ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0.
  8. End of step 2: ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0 implies ρs+1/ρs→1\rho_{s+1}/\rho_s\to1ρs+1​/ρs​→1.

Significance

Theorem 2 is a convergence guarantee for a stepsize rule that is computed from the run itself. It needs no square summability of the steps, and it tolerates a nonvanishing bias at a cost linear in the bias. This is the regime of practical SQG codes; §18.4–18.5 of the chapter discuss implementation and numerical experiments. Theorem 1 isolates the reason: Cesàro convergence needs only ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0 and ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞. It also allows a stepsize that depends on the current direction, provided consecutive steps have ratio tending to 111.

The volume proves none of the probabilistic results in full. Theorem 1 of Chapter 18 is cited from Uryasev's earlier report. Theorem 2 has an outline proof that reduces it to Theorem 1. Chapter 17 gives a sketch through the Robbins–Siegmund lemma. None of these results is formalized. The mission produces machine-checked statements of all of them, with the misprints of the page resolved, and it separates the pathwise part of the Theorem 2 argument (steps 1 and 2, which are deterministic) from the martingale part (Theorem 1).

Difficulty

The obvious route to a.s. convergence is the quasi-Féjer or Robbins–Siegmund argument. It controls ∥xs−x∗∥2\|x^s-x^*\|^2∥xs−x∗∥2 and needs ∑ρs2∥ξs∥2<∞\sum\rho_s^2\|\xi^s\|^2<\infty∑ρs2​∥ξs∥2<∞, which is exactly what is not available here. The averaged analysis has to show that the martingale term ∑ℓρℓ⟨ξℓ−E(ξℓ∣Bℓ),x∗−xℓ⟩\sum_\ell\rho_\ell\langle\xi^\ell-E(\xi^\ell\mid B_\ell),x^*-x^\ell\rangle∑ℓ​ρℓ​⟨ξℓ−E(ξℓ∣Bℓ​),x∗−xℓ⟩ is o(∑ℓρℓ)o(\sum_\ell\rho_\ell)o(∑ℓ​ρℓ​) almost surely, and that ∑ℓρℓ2∥ξℓ∥2\sum_\ell\rho_\ell^2\|\xi^\ell\|^2∑ℓ​ρℓ2​∥ξℓ∥2 is o(∑ℓρℓ)o(\sum_\ell\rho_\ell)o(∑ℓ​ρℓ​), when the stepsizes are themselves random. Under condition (2) of Theorem 1, ρs\rho_sρs​ is not even measurable with respect to the σ\sigmaσ-algebra of the conditional expectation. So E(ρsξs∣Bs)≠ρsE(ξs∣Bs)E(\rho_s\xi^s\mid B_s)\ne\rho_sE(\xi^s\mid B_s)E(ρs​ξs∣Bs​)=ρs​E(ξs∣Bs​), and the standard decomposition breaks. For the adaptive rule, the stepsizes are coupled to the iterates through the exponent. Neither ∑ρs=∞\sum\rho_s=\infty∑ρs​=∞ nor ρs→0\rho_s\to0ρs​→0 is given, and both must be derived path by path.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Sequences are indexed from 000. Chapter 17 is shifted by one against the page: its Xn,ξn,FnX_n,\xi_n,\mathcal F_nXn​,ξn​,Fn​, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, become indices n−1n-1n−1. Conditional expectations are Mathlib's condExp with respect to the history σ\sigmaσ-algebras of the definition file. Every lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup bound is written out as "for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, eventually ⋯≤⋯+ε\dots\le\dots+\varepsilon⋯≤⋯+ε", or in (18.17) as a bound LLL with C2L<δC_2L<\deltaC2​L<δ. Expectations of squared norms are lower Lebesgue integrals. The deterministic proof steps (items 5 to 8) are stated for one sample path.

Readings of the page, each recorded in the item's Formalization Note:

  • (18.17) prints C1C_1C1​. The proof's estimate gives (C2Cs−δ)ρs(C_2C_s-\delta)\rho_s(C2​Cs​−δ)ρs​, and only C2C_2C2​ is invariant under rescaling of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, so C2C_2C2​ is stated.
  • (18.5) has two forms that agree only without projection. The proof uses the second, a⟨ξs+1,xs−xs+1⟩−δρsa^{\langle\xi^{s+1},x^s-x^{s+1}\rangle-\delta\rho_s}a⟨ξs+1,xs−xs+1⟩−δρs​, which is stated.
  • (18.8) prints Fs(xs)F_s(x^s)Fs​(xs) for Fx(xs)F_x(x^s)Fx​(xs). (18.11) prints EρssE\rho_s^sEρss​, read as Eρs2<∞E\rho_s^2<\inftyEρs2​<∞.
  • Theorem 2's "F(xs)−min⁡z∈XF(x)→0F(x^s)-\min z\in XF(x)\to0F(xs)−minz∈XF(x)→0" is read as F(xˉs)−min⁡XF→0F(\bar x^s)-\min_XF\to0F(xˉs)−minX​F→0.
  • The end of step 2 prints ρs+1/ρs→0\rho_{s+1}/\rho_s\to0ρs+1​/ρs​→0, read as →1\to1→1.
  • Chapter 17, assumption (ii) prints ∥∇f(x)∥≤A+B∥x−x∗∥2\|\nabla f(x)\|\le A+B\|x-x^*\|^2∥∇f(x)∥≤A+B∥x−x∗∥2. The proof uses ∥∇f(x)∥2\|\nabla f(x)\|^2∥∇f(x)∥2, and the printed form makes part (i) false, so the squared form is stated. Var(Yx)≤C\mathrm{Var}(Y_x)\le CVar(Yx​)≤C is read as E∥Yx−EYx∥2≤CE\|Y_x-EY_x\|^2\le CE∥Yx​−EYx​∥2≤C.
  • The Corollary adds lower semicontinuity of FFF on XXX, without which it fails.
  • x0∈Xx^0\in Xx0∈X is assumed, and ρ0\rho_0ρ0​ in Theorem 2 is a fixed positive number.

No explicit constants replace an O(·) or an unspecified "C": every constant appears in the book's statements.

A trivializing formalization states Theorem 2 for arbitrary stepsizes satisfying (18.10)–(18.13), which is Theorem 1 again. Here the stepsizes are tied to the iterates by (18.5), and the δ\deltaδ of (18.17) is the δ\deltaδ of the rule.

Needed infrastructure: a Robbins–Siegmund almost-supermartingale lemma, which Mathlib does not have; a strong law for martingale differences with random weights (Kronecker's lemma in its stochastic form); nonexpansiveness of the projection onto a closed convex set; and nonemptiness of the subdifferential of a finite convex function on an open set. The first two are reusable across stochastic approximation. Contributions of any of the milestones, or of these lemmas as separate theorems, are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Ch. Pflug, Stepsize Rules, Stopping Times and their Implementation in Stochastic Quasigradient Algorithms, in Yu. Ermoliev and R. J-B Wets (eds.), Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization, Springer 1988, Ch. 17. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61370-8
  • S. Uryasev, Adaptive Stochastic Quasigradient Procedures, ibid., Ch. 18. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61370-8
  • Yu. Ermoliev, Stochastic Quasigradient Methods, ibid., Ch. 6. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61370-8
  • F. Mirzoakhmedov and S. P. Uryasev, Adaptive step size control for stochastic optimization algorithm, Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 23(6) (1983) 1314–1325 (in Russian); cited in the volume above, no online copy linked.
  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, A Stochastic Approximation Method, Ann. Math. Statist. 22 (1951) 400–407. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
  • H. Robbins and D. Siegmund, A convergence theorem for non negative almost supermartingales and some applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics, Academic Press 1971, 233–257. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
  • B. T. Polyak and A. B. Juditsky, Acceleration of Stochastic Approximation by Averaging, SIAM J. Control Optim. 30 (1992) 838–855. https://doi.org/10.1137/0330046
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Euler Approximations with Varying Coefficients III: Uniform Lq-Convergence with Order 1/2Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic differential equations whose coefficients grow faster than linearly (for instance stochastic volatility models such as the 3/2-model) cannot be simulated with the classical explicit Euler–Maruyama scheme: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden showed that its moments diverge when the drift or diffusion grows superlinearly (Proc. R. Soc. A, 2011). Implicit schemes avoid the divergence but require solving a nonlinear equation at every step. Tamed Euler schemes keep the scheme explicit and damp the coefficients by a factor depending on the step size.

  • 2012: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden introduce a tamed Euler scheme for SDEs with superlinearly growing drift (Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, 2012).
  • 2013: Sabanis extends the taming analysis for superlinearly growing drift (Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, no. 10, 2013, MR3070913).
  • 2015: Hutzenthaler and Jentzen survey explicit schemes for non-globally Lipschitz coefficients (Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236, no. 1112, 2015); for the 3/2-model their results give Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence without rate only for p<1/2p<1/2p<1/2, as Sabanis (2016, p. 2) notes.
  • 2016: Sabanis (Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2016, arXiv:1308.1796v4) treats schemes with varying coefficients bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​, covering superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, and proves Lp\mathcal L^pLp convergence (Theorem 1), the Lp\mathcal L^pLp rate 1/2 (Theorem 2) and the uniform Lq\mathcal L^qLq rate 1/2 (Theorem 3). A motivating example is the ddd-dimensional analogue of the 3/2-model of stochastic volatility, dX=λX(μ−∣X∣) dt+ξ∣X∣3/2 dWdX=\lambda X(\mu-|X|)\,dt+\xi|X|^{3/2}\,dWdX=λX(μ−∣X∣)dt+ξ∣X∣3/2dW, used for pricing VIX options.

Theorem 3 is the target here; Theorems 1 and 2 are the targets of companion missions.

Setting

Fix a filtered probability space (Ω,{Ft}t≥0,F,P)(\Omega,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathcal F,P)(Ω,{Ft​}t≥0​,F,P) satisfying the usual conditions, a d1d_1d1​-dimensional Wiener martingale WWW, a horizon T>0T>0T>0, and exponents p0,p1≥2p_0,p_1\ge2p0​,p1​≥2. For x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd, ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm; for a d×d1d\times d_1d×d1​ matrix AAA, ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm; xyxyxy is the scalar product. The coefficients are Borel functions b:[0,∞)×Rd→Rdb:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd and σ:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd×d1\sigma:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^{d\times d_1}σ:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd×d1​, and the SDE is

dX(t)=b(t,X(t)) dt+σ(t,X(t)) dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))\,dt+\sigma(t,X(t))\,dW(t),\qquad t\in[0,T],\qquad(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))dt+σ(t,X(t))dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)

with an F0\mathcal F_0F0​-measurable initial value X(0)X(0)X(0). With κn(t)=⌊nt⌋/n\kappa_n(t)=\lfloor nt\rfloor/nκn​(t)=⌊nt⌋/n, the scheme (2.2) is

dXn(t)=bn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dt+σn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dW(t),Xn(0)=X(0),dX_n(t)=b_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dt+\sigma_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dW(t),\qquad X_n(0)=X(0),dXn​(t)=bn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dt+σn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dW(t),Xn​(0)=X(0),

and in this mission bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​ are the tamed coefficients of Model 2 with α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2:

bn(t,x)=b(t,x)1+n−1/2∣x∣l,σn(t,x)=σ(t,x)1+n−1/2∣x∣l.b_n(t,x)=\frac{b(t,x)}{1+n^{-1/2}|x|^l},\qquad \sigma_n(t,x)=\frac{\sigma(t,x)}{1+n^{-1/2}|x|^l}.bn​(t,x)=1+n−1/2∣x∣lb(t,x)​,σn​(t,x)=1+n−1/2∣x∣lσ(t,x)​.

The conditions used are: A-2, local boundedness of bbb on balls; A-4, the coercivity bound 2xb(t,x)+(p0−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2)2xb(t,x)+(p_0-1)|\sigma(t,x)|^2\le K(1+|x|^2)2xb(t,x)+(p0​−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2); A-5, E∣X(0)∣p0<∞\mathbb E|X(0)|^{p_0}<\inftyE∣X(0)∣p0​<∞; and A-6, the global monotonicity

2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤L∣x−y∣22(x-y)(b(t,x)-b(t,y))+(p_1-1)|\sigma(t,x)-\sigma(t,y)|^2\le L|x-y|^22(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1​−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤L∣x−y∣2

together with the polynomial Lipschitz bound ∣b(t,x)−b(t,y)∣≤L(1+∣x∣l+∣y∣l)∣x−y∣|b(t,x)-b(t,y)|\le L(1+|x|^l+|y|^l)|x-y|∣b(t,x)−b(t,y)∣≤L(1+∣x∣l+∣y∣l)∣x−y∣, with l,L>0l,L>0l,L>0. The p\mathfrak pp-condition asks l≤p0−24l\le\frac{p_0-2}{4}l≤4p0​−2​ and a moment exponent ppp with 0<p<p10<p<p_10<p<p1​ and p≤p02l+1p\le\frac{p_0}{2l+1}p≤2l+1p0​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 6)

Under A-2, A-4–A-6 and the p\mathfrak pp-condition, for every 0<q<p0<q<p0<q<p there is CCC independent of nnn with

E[sup⁡0≤t≤T∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣q]≤Cn−q/2,n≥1.(2.14)\mathbb E\Big[\sup_{0\le t\le T}|X(t)-X_n(t)|^q\Big]\le Cn^{-q/2},\qquad n\ge1.\qquad(2.14)E[0≤t≤Tsup​∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣q]≤Cn−q/2,n≥1.(2.14)

The supremum is inside the expectation, which distinguishes it from Theorem 2.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 8): the moments of XXX and of XnX_nXn​ up to order p0p_0p0​ are bounded on [0,T][0,T][0,T] uniformly in nnn (for general coefficients bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​ under A-1–A-5, B-2, B-3).
  2. Lemma 5 (p. 19): the Gyöngy–Krylov maximal inequality. If nonnegative continuous adapted f,gf,gf,g satisfy E[fτ1{g0≤c}]≤E[gτ1{g0≤c}]\mathbb E[f_\tau\mathbb 1_{\{g_0\le c\}}]\le\mathbb E[g_\tau\mathbb 1_{\{g_0\le c\}}]E[fτ​1{g0​≤c}​]≤E[gτ​1{g0​≤c}​] for all c>0c>0c>0 and stopping times τ≤T\tau\le Tτ≤T, then
E[sup⁡t≤τftγ]≤2−γ1−γ E[sup⁡t≤τgtγ],γ∈(0,1).\mathbb E\Big[\sup_{t\le\tau}f_t^\gamma\Big]\le\frac{2-\gamma}{1-\gamma}\,\mathbb E\Big[\sup_{t\le\tau}g_t^\gamma\Big],\qquad\gamma\in(0,1).E[t≤τsup​ftγ​]≤1−γ2−γ​E[t≤τsup​gtγ​],γ∈(0,1).
  1. Lemma 4 (p. 16): sup⁡0≤t≤TE∣Xn(t)−Xn(κn(t))∣p≤Cn−p/2\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E|X_n(t)-X_n(\kappa_n(t))|^p\le Cn^{-p/2}sup0≤t≤T​E∣Xn​(t)−Xn​(κn​(t))∣p≤Cn−p/2.
  2. Lemma 3 (p. 15): the taming errors E∫0T∣b−bn∣p(s,Xn(κn(s))) ds\mathbb E\int_0^T|b-b_n|^p(s,X_n(\kappa_n(s)))\,dsE∫0T​∣b−bn​∣p(s,Xn​(κn​(s)))ds and the analogue for σ\sigmaσ are ≤Cn−αp\le Cn^{-\alpha p}≤Cn−αp.

Significance

Theorem 3 gives the optimal strong rate 1/2 for an explicit scheme, uniformly over the time interval, for SDEs whose diffusion coefficient may grow superlinearly. Uniform-in-time error bounds are what pathwise functionals need (running maxima, barrier options, hitting times), and via Borel–Cantelli they give the almost-sure rate of Corollary 1 in the paper. Lemma 5 is a general-purpose tool: a domination inequality of Lenglart type, used throughout stochastic analysis to pass from bounds at stopping times to bounds on running suprema.

The results are proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of them has been formalized. Formalizing them would produce the first machine-checked convergence rate of a numerical scheme for SDEs, and a Lean proof of a Lenglart-type inequality, which Mathlib does not currently contain.

Difficulty

The error X−XnX-X_nX−Xn​ is controlled by the monotonicity condition A-6, which is one-sided: it bounds 2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))2(x-y)(b(t,x)-b(t,y))2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y)) from above but gives no Lipschitz bound on bbb or σ\sigmaσ with a constant independent of ∣x∣,∣y∣|x|,|y|∣x∣,∣y∣. The first idea, estimating Esup⁡t∣X−Xn∣p\mathbb E\sup_t|X-X_n|^pEsupt​∣X−Xn​∣p directly by applying the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality to the martingale part of the error equation, therefore does not close: it produces terms of the same order as the quantity being estimated, weighted by polynomial factors in ∣X∣|X|∣X∣ and ∣Xn∣|X_n|∣Xn​∣, and the argument that gives Theorem 2 controls E∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣p\mathbb E|X(t)-X_n(t)|^pE∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣p only for fixed ttt. Passing from fixed times to the supremum is what forces the loss from ppp to q<pq<pq<p in Theorem 3, and it is where Lemma 5 enters. On the formal side, the Itô integral against Brownian motion, Itô's formula for functions of multidimensional Itô processes and the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality are not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Processes are indexed by t∈[0,∞)t\in[0,\infty)t∈[0,∞) (ℝ≥0) with values in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); diffusion values live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d × Fin d₁), whose norm is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm. The stochastic integral is the Ethier–Kurtz platform relation EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral, applied coordinatewise, with integrands cut off after TTT. Solutions are hypotheses: the theorems apply to any solution XXX of (2.1) and any family (Xn)n≥1(X_n)_{n\ge1}(Xn​)n≥1​ of solutions of (2.2) on one probability space with one WWW and one X(0)X(0)X(0); existence is not claimed. Processes are required to be adapted to the filtration augmented by null sets (weaker than a complete filtration), the filtration is right-continuous, and nothing is required after TTT. Expectations and suprema are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so no statement holds through an integral defaulting to 000. Constants CCC depend on everything except nnn (and, in Theorem 3, may depend on qqq); only n≥1n\ge1n≥1 is used, and q>0q>0q>0, p>0p>0p>0 follow the paper's Lp\mathcal L^pLp convention.

Two hypotheses are added to the printed statements, both because the printed proofs need them:

  • p1>2p_1>2p1​>2 in Theorem 3. The proof applies Itô's formula for p≥2p\ge2p≥2; an admissible p<2p<2p<2 is handled through p′=2p'=2p′=2, which satisfies the p\mathfrak pp-condition exactly when p1>2p_1>2p1​>2.
  • B-3 in Lemma 4. The proof uses moment bounds uniform in nnn (Lemma 2), which need B-3. Model 2 satisfies B-3.

Lemma 2 drops the dependence clause C=C(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p)C=C(p,T,K,\mathbb E|X(0)|^p)C=C(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p) and asserts only finiteness. Lemma 5 assumes neither that ggg is nondecreasing nor anything beyond the printed hypotheses.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the supremum sits inside a Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so the goal cannot hold because of a junk value, and the hypotheses are satisfiable (zero coefficients, constant solutions), which a sorry-free check confirms.

Needed infrastructure: Itô's formula for multidimensional Itô processes, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality (for Lemma 4), Gronwall's inequality in integral form, and stopping-time localisation for continuous adapted processes. Contributions to any of these are welcome, and all are reusable far beyond this mission. Lemma 5 is independent of the SDE part and can be attacked first.

Selected references

  • S. Sabanis, Euler approximations with varying coefficients: the case of superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2083–2105, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AAP1140 — arXiv:1308.1796v4, https://arxiv.org/abs/1308.1796v4
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong and weak divergence in finite time of Euler's method for stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Proc. R. Soc. A 467, 1563–1576, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2010.0348
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong convergence of an explicit numerical method for SDEs with nonglobally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 22(4), 1611–1641, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1214/11-AAP803
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, Numerical approximations of stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236, no. 1112, 2015 (reference [5] of the paper).
  • S. Sabanis, A note on tamed Euler approximations, Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, no. 10, 2013. MR3070913
  • I. Gyöngy, N. V. Krylov, On the rate of convergence of splitting-up approximations for SPDEs, in Stochastic Inequalities and Applications, Progr. Probab. 56, 301–321, Birkhäuser, 2003 (cited by the paper for Lemma 5). MR2073438
  • N. V. Krylov, Introduction to the Theory of Diffusion Processes, Transl. Math. Monographs 142, AMS, 1995 (cited by the paper for Lemma 5). MR1311478
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Euler Approximations with Varying Coefficients II: Strong Order 1/2 in Lp for Superlinearly Growing Diffusion CoefficientsResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic differential equations with superlinearly growing coefficients appear throughout applied probability: population models with cubic damping, Langevin dynamics with polynomial potentials, and stochastic volatility models such as the 3/2-model used for pricing VIX options, whose diffusion coefficient grows like ∣x∣3/2|x|^{3/2}∣x∣3/2. For such equations the classical explicit Euler–Maruyama method fails: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden (2011) proved that its ppp-th moments diverge whenever a coefficient grows superlinearly, so it cannot converge in Lp\mathcal L^pLp. Implicit methods converge (Higham–Mao–Stuart 2002) but cost a nonlinear solve per step.

The tamed Euler schemes are the explicit response.

  • Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden (2012) tamed a superlinear drift and proved strong order 1/21/21/2 for globally Lipschitz diffusion coefficients.
  • Sabanis (2013) gave a simpler proof for a family of tamed drifts.
  • Hutzenthaler and Jentzen (2015) treated superlinear diffusion coefficients, obtaining Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence without a rate and only for small ppp.
  • Sabanis (2016), the source of this mission, tames drift and diffusion together and proves the optimal strong rate 1/21/21/2 in Lp\mathcal L^pLp under a one-sided (monotonicity) condition and polynomial growth. For the 3/2-model with p1=3.5p_1=3.5p1​=3.5, p0=6p_0=6p0​=6 this gives L2\mathcal L^2L2-convergence with order 1/21/21/2, which earlier results did not cover (p. 2).

This mission is the second of three on the paper. Mission I formalizes Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence without a rate (Theorem 1), mission III the uniform-in-time rate (Theorem 3).

Setting

Fix a filtered probability space (Ω,{Ft}t≥0,F,P)(\Omega,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathcal F,P)(Ω,{Ft​}t≥0​,F,P) with right-continuous filtration, a horizon T>0T>0T>0, dimensions d,d1d,d_1d,d1​, and a d1d_1d1​-dimensional Wiener martingale WWW: a standard Brownian motion adapted to {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​} whose future increments are independent of Ft\mathcal F_tFt​. The coefficients are Borel maps b:[0,∞)×Rd→Rdb:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd and σ:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd×d1\sigma:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^{d\times d_1}σ:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd×d1​; ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm, ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ the Hilbert–Schmidt norm, xyxyxy the scalar product. The SDE is

dX(t)=b(t,X(t)) dt+σ(t,X(t)) dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))\,dt+\sigma(t,X(t))\,dW(t),\qquad t\in[0,T],\qquad(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))dt+σ(t,X(t))dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)

with an F0\mathcal F_0F0​-measurable initial value X(0)=ξX(0)=\xiX(0)=ξ. For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 let κn(t)=⌊nt⌋/n\kappa_n(t)=\lfloor nt\rfloor/nκn​(t)=⌊nt⌋/n and consider the scheme

dXn(t)=bn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dt+σn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dW(t),Xn(0)=ξ,(2.2)dX_n(t)=b_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dt+\sigma_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dW(t),\qquad X_n(0)=\xi,\qquad(2.2)dXn​(t)=bn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dt+σn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dW(t),Xn​(0)=ξ,(2.2)

whose coefficients are frozen at the last grid point, so that XnX_nXn​ is computable step by step. The tamed coefficients of Model 2 are

bn(t,x)=b(t,x)1+n−α∣x∣l,σn(t,x)=σ(t,x)1+n−α∣x∣l.(2.11)–(2.12)b_n(t,x)=\frac{b(t,x)}{1+n^{-\alpha}|x|^l},\qquad \sigma_n(t,x)=\frac{\sigma(t,x)}{1+n^{-\alpha}|x|^l}.\qquad(2.11)\text{–}(2.12)bn​(t,x)=1+n−α∣x∣lb(t,x)​,σn​(t,x)=1+n−α∣x∣lσ(t,x)​.(2.11)–(2.12)

The hypotheses, with constants p0,p1≥2p_0,p_1\ge2p0​,p1​≥2:

  • A-2: bbb is bounded on balls, uniformly in t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T].
  • A-4 (coercivity): 2xb(t,x)+(p0−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2)2xb(t,x)+(p_0-1)|\sigma(t,x)|^2\le K(1+|x|^2)2xb(t,x)+(p0​−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2).
  • A-5: E∣X(0)∣p0<∞\mathbb E|X(0)|^{p_0}<\inftyE∣X(0)∣p0​<∞.
  • A-6 (global monotonicity, polynomial growth): for positive lll and LLL, 2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤L∣x−y∣22(x-y)(b(t,x)-b(t,y))+(p_1-1)|\sigma(t,x)-\sigma(t,y)|^2\le L|x-y|^22(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1​−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤L∣x−y∣2 and ∣b(t,x)−b(t,y)∣≤L(1+∣x∣l+∣y∣l)∣x−y∣|b(t,x)-b(t,y)|\le L(1+|x|^l+|y|^l)|x-y|∣b(t,x)−b(t,y)∣≤L(1+∣x∣l+∣y∣l)∣x−y∣.
  • The p\mathfrak pp-condition: the scheme uses (2.11)–(2.12) with α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2, l≤p0−24l\le\frac{p_0-2}{4}l≤4p0​−2​, and 0<p<p10<p<p_10<p<p1​, p≤p02l+1p\le\frac{p_0}{2l+1}p≤2l+1p0​​.
  • B-2 and B-3 (for the milestones): ∣bn∣≤min⁡(Cnα(1+∣x∣),∣b∣)|b_n|\le\min(Cn^\alpha(1+|x|),|b|)∣bn​∣≤min(Cnα(1+∣x∣),∣b∣), ∣σn∣2≤min⁡(Cnα(1+∣x∣2),∣σ∣2)|\sigma_n|^2\le\min(Cn^\alpha(1+|x|^2),|\sigma|^2)∣σn​∣2≤min(Cnα(1+∣x∣2),∣σ∣2), and A-4 for bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​ with a constant uniform in nnn.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 6)

Under A-2, A-4–A-6, the p\mathfrak pp-condition and p1>2p_1>2p1​>2, there is a constant CCC independent of nnn with

sup⁡0≤t≤TE[∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣p]≤Cn−p/2(n≥1).(2.13)\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E\big[|X(t)-X_n(t)|^p\big]\le Cn^{-p/2}\qquad(n\ge1).\qquad(2.13)0≤t≤Tsup​E[∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣p]≤Cn−p/2(n≥1).(2.13)

The constant is existential and may depend on all data except nnn.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 8): sup⁡tE∣X(t)∣p\sup_t\mathbb E|X(t)|^psupt​E∣X(t)∣p and sup⁡n≥1sup⁡tE∣Xn(t)∣p\sup_{n\ge1}\sup_t\mathbb E|X_n(t)|^psupn≥1​supt​E∣Xn​(t)∣p are finite for 0<p≤p00<p\le p_00<p≤p0​, under A-1–A-5, B-2, B-3.
  2. Lemma 3 (p. 15): for Model 2, E∫0T∣b(s,Xn(κn(s)))−bn(s,Xn(κn(s)))∣p ds≤Cn−αp\mathbb E\int_0^T|b(s,X_n(\kappa_n(s)))-b_n(s,X_n(\kappa_n(s)))|^p\,ds\le Cn^{-\alpha p}E∫0T​∣b(s,Xn​(κn​(s)))−bn​(s,Xn​(κn​(s)))∣pds≤Cn−αp, and the same for σ\sigmaσ.
  3. Lemma 4 (p. 16): sup⁡tE∣Xn(t)−Xn(κn(t))∣p≤Cn−p/2\sup_t\mathbb E|X_n(t)-X_n(\kappa_n(t))|^p\le Cn^{-p/2}supt​E∣Xn​(t)−Xn​(κn​(t))∣p≤Cn−p/2.

Significance

Theorem 2 shows that an explicit scheme costing one coefficient evaluation per step attains the same strong order as the classical Euler method under global Lipschitz conditions. It does so for drift and diffusion coefficients that grow polynomially, and for moment orders ppp that are small relative to p0p_0p0​ and p1p_1p1​. Strong Lp\mathcal L^pLp rates are what multilevel Monte Carlo needs: the variance of level corrections is controlled by the L2\mathcal L^2L2 rate. When lll could be taken to be 000 the statement specializes to the classical globally Lipschitz rate (Remark 6).

The result is proved on paper; it has no machine-checked proof. Stochastic integrals are not in Mathlib; this mission uses the Brownian Itô-integral relation published by the Ethier–Kurtz series on the platform. A formal proof would give the first verified strong convergence rate for any Euler-type scheme. Along the way it produces reusable moment bounds for tamed schemes and the LpL^pLp control of one-step increments.

Difficulty

The obvious argument applies Itô's formula to ∣X−Xn∣p|X-X_n|^p∣X−Xn​∣p and closes a Gronwall inequality. Two steps of it fail without taming. First, the error splits into the monotone part, handled by A-6, and cross terms such as ∣Xn(s)−Xn(κn(s))∣p|X_n(s)-X_n(\kappa_n(s))|^p∣Xn​(s)−Xn​(κn​(s))∣p multiplied by (1+∣Xn∣2l)p/2(1+|X_n|^{2l})^{p/2}(1+∣Xn​∣2l)p/2; they are controlled only through moments of XnX_nXn​ of order well above ppp that are uniform in nnn, which the untamed scheme lacks. Second, the taming itself introduces an error b−bnb-b_nb−bn​ that must be shown to be O(n−1/2)O(n^{-1/2})O(n−1/2) in Lp\mathcal L^pLp and not merely o(1)o(1)o(1). The exponents in the p\mathfrak pp-condition are exactly what the Hölder splittings of these two terms require.

Formalization scope

  • Processes. Solutions are hypotheses, not constructed: XXX solves (2.1) and each XnX_nXn​ solves (2.2), on one probability space, with one WWW and one ξ\xiξ, on [0,T][0,T][0,T] only. An Itô process is a measurable process adapted to the null-set completion of the filtration, with continuous paths on [0,T][0,T][0,T], and a.s. for all t≤Tt\le Tt≤T simultaneously X(t)=ξ+∫0tB ds+∫0tS dWX(t)=\xi+\int_0^t B\,ds+\int_0^t S\,dWX(t)=ξ+∫0t​Bds+∫0t​SdW. The stochastic integral is the platform relation EthierKurtz_HasBrownianItoIntegral, with the integrand cut off after TTT.
  • Expectations and suprema are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (lower Lebesgue integrals), so no junk value of a non-integrable Bochner integral or of an unbounded real supremum enters. Rates are stated as ≤Cn−p/2\le Cn^{-p/2}≤Cn−p/2 for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1, with CCC real and quantified after all data.
  • Added hypotheses, disclosed. Theorem 2 carries p1>2p_1>2p1​>2: the printed proof covers 2≤p<p12\le p<p_12≤p<p1​ and reduces p<2p<2p<2 to p=2p=2p=2, which the p\mathfrak pp-condition admits exactly when p1>2p_1>2p1​>2. Lemma 4 carries B-3, which its proof uses through Lemma 2. Lemma 2 drops the stated dependence of CCC on (p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p)(p,T,K,\mathbb E|X(0)|^p)(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p) and keeps only its finiteness uniformly in nnn.
  • Ruling out trivialization. The hypotheses are satisfiable, e.g. by b=σ=0b=\sigma=0b=σ=0 with constant solutions and p0=6p_0=6p0​=6, p1=3p_1=3p1​=3, l=1l=1l=1, p=2p=2p=2. The rate is a bound for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1, not an eventual or o(1)o(1)o(1) statement. A proof that uses a constant depending on nnn, or treats only X≡XnX\equiv X_nX≡Xn​, does not prove the goal.
  • Infrastructure needed: Itô's formula for ∣x∣p|x|^p∣x∣p against the platform's Itô integral, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality (or its Lp\mathcal L^pLp moment form), the zero-expectation property of Itô integrals of square-integrable integrands, and Gronwall's lemma in integral form. These are reusable far beyond this mission, and contributions of any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Sabanis, Euler approximations with varying coefficients: the case of superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1308.1796 (v4)
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong and weak divergence in finite time of Euler's method for stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Proc. R. Soc. A 467, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2010.0348
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong convergence of an explicit numerical method for SDEs with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, 2012. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR2985171
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, Numerical approximations of stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236(1112), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1090/memo/1112
  • S. Sabanis, A note on tamed Euler approximations, Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, 2013. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR3070913
  • D. J. Higham, X. Mao, A. M. Stuart, Strong convergence of Euler-type methods for nonlinear stochastic differential equations, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 40, 2002. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR1949404
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Euler Approximations with Varying Coefficients I: Lp-Convergence of Explicit Euler Schemes under Local MonotonicityResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic differential equations (SDEs) whose coefficients grow faster than linearly appear throughout applied probability: population and epidemic models with cubic damping, Langevin dynamics with non-quadratic potentials, and stochastic volatility models such as the 3/2-model used for pricing VIX options (Goard–Mazur 2013). Their solutions are almost never available in closed form, so they are simulated, and the method of choice is the explicit Euler–Maruyama scheme, because it is cheap and easy to implement.

For superlinearly growing coefficients the classical explicit scheme fails: its moments can diverge even when those of the true solution are finite, so it does not converge in Lp\mathcal L^pLp. Implicit schemes repair this at a higher computational cost (Higham–Mao–Stuart 2002). A second repair is to keep the scheme explicit but modify ("tame") its coefficients by an amount that vanishes as the step size goes to zero.

Timeline.

  • 2002: Higham, Mao and Stuart prove strong convergence of implicit Euler-type methods under a one-sided Lipschitz condition (MR1949404).
  • 2012: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden introduce the tamed Euler scheme for superlinearly growing drift and globally Lipschitz diffusion (Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, MR2985171).
  • 2013: Sabanis gives a short proof of convergence of tamed schemes with rate, again for superlinear drift (Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, MR3070913); Gyöngy and Sabanis prove convergence in probability of Euler approximations under local monotonicity conditions (Appl. Math. Optim. 68, MR3131501).
  • 2015: Hutzenthaler and Jentzen obtain Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence of explicit schemes with superlinear diffusion coefficients, in the 3/2-model only for p<1/2p<1/2p<1/2 (Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236, no. 1112).
  • 2016: Sabanis treats superlinearly growing drift and diffusion coefficients under a local monotonicity condition, with Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence for every p<p0p<p_0p<p0​ (Ann. Appl. Probab. 26, arXiv:1308.1796). This mission formalizes that Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence theorem.

Setting

Fix a filtered probability space (Ω,{Ft}t≥0,F,P)(\Omega,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathcal F,P)(Ω,{Ft​}t≥0​,F,P) satisfying the usual conditions, a Wiener martingale WWW in Rd1\mathbb R^{d_1}Rd1​ (a standard Brownian motion adapted to Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ whose future increments are independent of Ft\mathcal F_tFt​), and a horizon T>0T>0T>0. For x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd, ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm and xyxyxy the scalar product; for a d×d1d\times d_1d×d1​ matrix, ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm.

The SDE is

dX(t)=b(t,X(t)) dt+σ(t,X(t)) dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))\,dt+\sigma(t,X(t))\,dW(t),\qquad t\in[0,T],\tag{2.1}dX(t)=b(t,X(t))dt+σ(t,X(t))dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)

with Borel coefficients b(t,x)∈Rdb(t,x)\in\mathbb R^db(t,x)∈Rd, σ(t,x)∈Rd×d1\sigma(t,x)\in\mathbb R^{d\times d_1}σ(t,x)∈Rd×d1​ and an F0\mathcal F_0F0​-measurable initial value X(0)X(0)X(0).

For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 let κn(t)=⌊nt⌋/n\kappa_n(t)=\lfloor nt\rfloor/nκn​(t)=⌊nt⌋/n, the last grid point of mesh 1/n1/n1/n before ttt. The scheme is

dXn(t)=bn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dt+σn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.2)dX_n(t)=b_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dt+\sigma_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dW(t),\qquad t\in[0,T],\tag{2.2}dXn​(t)=bn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dt+σn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.2)

with the same initial value X(0)X(0)X(0) and Borel coefficient sequences bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​ ("varying coefficients"). Between grid points the coefficients are frozen at Xn(κn(t))X_n(\kappa_n(t))Xn​(κn​(t)), so the scheme is explicit.

The hypotheses, with p0,p1∈[2,∞)p_0,p_1\in[2,\infty)p0​,p1​∈[2,∞): A-1 continuity of bbb in xxx; A-2 local boundedness of bbb; A-3 local monotonicity 2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤LR∣x−y∣22(x-y)(b(t,x)-b(t,y))+(p_1-1)|\sigma(t,x)-\sigma(t,y)|^2\le L_R|x-y|^22(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1​−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤LR​∣x−y∣2 on ∣x∣,∣y∣≤R|x|,|y|\le R∣x∣,∣y∣≤R; A-4 coercivity 2xb(t,x)+(p0−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2)2xb(t,x)+(p_0-1)|\sigma(t,x)|^2\le K(1+|x|^2)2xb(t,x)+(p0​−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2); A-5 E∣X(0)∣p0<∞\mathbb E|X(0)|^{p_0}<\inftyE∣X(0)∣p0​<∞. For the scheme: B-1 ∫0Tsup⁡∣x∣≤R[∣bn−b∣p0+∣σn−σ∣p0] dt→0\int_0^T\sup_{|x|\le R}[|b_n-b|^{p_0}+|\sigma_n-\sigma|^{p_0}]\,dt\to0∫0T​sup∣x∣≤R​[∣bn​−b∣p0​+∣σn​−σ∣p0​]dt→0 for every RRR; B-2 ∣bn∣≤min⁡(Cnα(1+∣x∣),∣b∣)|b_n|\le\min(Cn^\alpha(1+|x|),|b|)∣bn​∣≤min(Cnα(1+∣x∣),∣b∣) and ∣σn∣2≤min⁡(Cnα(1+∣x∣2),∣σ∣2)|\sigma_n|^2\le\min(Cn^\alpha(1+|x|^2),|\sigma|^2)∣σn​∣2≤min(Cnα(1+∣x∣2),∣σ∣2) for some α∈(0,1/2]\alpha\in(0,1/2]α∈(0,1/2]; B-3 the coercivity bound of A-4 for bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​, uniformly in nnn.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 5)

Under A-1–A-5 and B-1–B-3 with α∈(0,1/2]\alpha\in(0,1/2]α∈(0,1/2], for every 0<p<p00<p<p_00<p<p0​,

lim⁡n→∞sup⁡0≤t≤TE[∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣p]=0.\lim_{n\to\infty}\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E\big[|X(t)-X_n(t)|^p\big]=0.n→∞lim​0≤t≤Tsup​E[∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣p]=0.

No rate is claimed; the statement holds for every coefficient sequence satisfying B-1–B-3, not only for the paper's tamed Models 1 and 2.

Milestones

  • Lemma 1 (p. 7): under A-5, B-2, B-3, sup⁡n≥1sup⁡0≤u≤TE∣Xn(u)∣2<∞\sup_{n\ge1}\sup_{0\le u\le T}\mathbb E|X_n(u)|^2<\inftysupn≥1​sup0≤u≤T​E∣Xn​(u)∣2<∞.
  • Lemma 2 (p. 8): under A-1–A-5, B-2, B-3, for every p≤p0p\le p_0p≤p0​,
sup⁡0≤t≤TE∣X(t)∣p ∨ sup⁡n≥1sup⁡0≤t≤TE∣Xn(t)∣p<∞.\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E|X(t)|^p\ \vee\ \sup_{n\ge1}\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E|X_n(t)|^p<\infty.0≤t≤Tsup​E∣X(t)∣p ∨ n≥1sup​0≤t≤Tsup​E∣Xn​(t)∣p<∞.
  • Theorem 4 (p. 6): under A-1–A-4 and B-1, sup⁡0≤t≤T∣Xn(t)−X(t)∣→0\sup_{0\le t\le T}|X_n(t)-X(t)|\to0sup0≤t≤T​∣Xn​(t)−X(t)∣→0 in probability.

Significance

Theorem 1 gives Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence of a whole class of explicit schemes, with no global Lipschitz condition on either coefficient, for every ppp below the coercivity order p0p_0p0​. In the 3/2-model of the introduction (p1=3.5p_1=3.5p1​=3.5, p0=6p_0=6p0​=6), earlier explicit results gave Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence only for p<1/2p<1/2p<1/2 (Hutzenthaler–Jentzen 2015, §4.10.3); Theorem 1 gives it for all p<6p<6p<6. The theorem is also the qualitative base on which the paper's rate results (Theorems 2 and 3, separate missions of this series) are built, and it justifies Monte Carlo estimates of moments computed with such schemes.

The result is proved in the paper. It has, to our knowledge, no machine-checked proof anywhere; Mathlib has Brownian motion but no stochastic integral, and the Itô integral used here is the relational definition published by the Ethier–Kurtz series on this platform. A formal proof needs Itô's formula for ∣x∣p|x|^p∣x∣p, Gronwall's lemma for moment functions, the convergence in probability of Theorem 4 (which the paper cites from Gyöngy–Sabanis rather than proving), and a uniform-integrability argument. Each of these is reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The natural first idea, estimating E∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣p\mathbb E|X(t)-X_n(t)|^pE∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣p directly by Itô's formula and Gronwall, fails: under only local monotonicity the difference of drifts cannot be bounded by ∣X−Xn∣|X-X_n|∣X−Xn​∣ with a constant uniform in the state, so the Gronwall constant blows up. The route through convergence in probability and uniform moment bounds is forced, and the hard step is Lemma 2: bounding E∣Xn(t)∣p0\mathbb E|X_n(t)|^{p_0}E∣Xn​(t)∣p0​ uniformly in nnn. The coefficients of the scheme may grow like nαn^\alphanα, and the frozen argument Xn(κn(s))X_n(\kappa_n(s))Xn​(κn​(s)) produces a correction term E∫∣Xn(s)∣p0−2(Xn(s)−Xn(κn(s)))bn ds\mathbb E\int|X_n(s)|^{p_0-2}(X_n(s)-X_n(\kappa_n(s)))b_n\,dsE∫∣Xn​(s)∣p0​−2(Xn​(s)−Xn​(κn​(s)))bn​ds whose control is exactly where the restriction α≤1/2\alpha\le1/2α≤1/2 enters. For fixed nnn finiteness of moments is easy (linear growth); uniformity in nnn is the content.

Formalization scope

States are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); diffusion values are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d × Fin d₁), whose norm is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm. Time is ℝ≥0; coefficients are uncurried maps on ℝ≥0 × ℝ^d, assumed Borel measurable. An Itô process on [0,T][0,T][0,T] is a measurable process, adapted to the filtration augmented by all PPP-null sets, with continuous paths on [0,T][0,T][0,T], satisfying the integral equation almost surely simultaneously for all t≤Tt\le Tt≤T; the stochastic integral is the platform relation EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral, applied coordinatewise with the integrand cut off after TTT. Nothing is required of the processes after TTT, so no existence beyond the horizon is assumed. Right-continuity of the filtration is a hypothesis; completeness is replaced by adaptedness to the augmented filtration, which is weaker, so the formal theorems are at least as strong as the paper's.

The solutions XXX and (Xn)n≥1(X_n)_{n\ge1}(Xn​)n≥1​ are hypotheses, all on one probability space with one Wiener process and one initial value; the theorems do not construct them. Expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and suprema over ttt are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so no statement can hold because an expectation or a supremum takes a default value. B-1's integrand, a supremum over an uncountable ball, is required to be a.e. measurable in ttt, as the paper's Lebesgue integral presupposes. The exponent in Theorem 1 and Lemma 2 is restricted to p>0p>0p>0, the paper's convention for Lp\mathcal L^pLp. The dependence clauses "C:=C(T,K,E∣X(0)∣2)C:=C(T,K,\mathbb E|X(0)|^2)C:=C(T,K,E∣X(0)∣2)" (Lemma 1) and "C:=C(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p)C:=C(p,T,K,\mathbb E|X(0)|^p)C:=C(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p)" (Lemma 2) are not formalized: only finiteness, i.e. a bound independent of nnn, is stated, which is what the proofs establish. Theorem 4 is stated with exactly its printed hypotheses.

A trivializing formalization, in which the moment bounds or the limit hold because the expectation or the supremum defaults to 000, or because the hypotheses on the solutions cannot be met, is ruled out: all quantities live in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and a sorry-free check shows every hypothesis is satisfiable (zero coefficients, constant solutions).

Contributions welcome: Itô's formula for the platform's integral relation, Burkholder–Davis–Gundy or Doob inequalities for it, a Gronwall lemma for measurable moment functions, and the Gyöngy–Sabanis convergence-in-probability theorem.

Selected references

  • S. Sabanis, Euler approximations with varying coefficients: the case of superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1308.1796 (v4)
  • I. Gyöngy, S. Sabanis, A note on Euler approximations for stochastic differential equations with delay, Appl. Math. Optim. 68, 2013. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR3131501
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong convergence of an explicit numerical method for SDEs with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, 2012. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR2985171
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, Numerical approximations of stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236(1112), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1090/memo/1112
  • S. Sabanis, A note on tamed Euler approximations, Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, 2013. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR3070913
  • D. J. Higham, X. Mao, A. M. Stuart, Strong convergence of Euler-type methods for nonlinear stochastic differential equations, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 40, 2002. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR1949404
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Competitive Caching with Machine Learned Advice: The Competitive Ratio of Predictive MarkerResearch Paper

Motivation

Caching (online paging) is one of the oldest problems in online algorithms: a fast memory of kkk slots serves a sequence of requests, and every request for an element not in the fast memory is a cache miss that forces the element to be loaded, possibly evicting another one. With the whole request sequence known in advance, evicting the element whose next request is furthest in the future is optimal (Bélády, 1966). Without that knowledge, no deterministic algorithm is better than kkk-competitive, and the best randomized algorithms are Θ(log⁡k)\Theta(\log k)Θ(logk)-competitive (Fiat, Karp, Luby, McGeoch, Sleator and Young, 1991).

Lykouris and Vassilvitskii asked what happens in between: an online algorithm receives, with every request, a machine-learned prediction of the element's next arrival time. A good predictor should make the algorithm nearly as good as Bélády's rule (consistency), and a bad predictor should never make it worse than a classical algorithm (robustness). Their paper (arXiv:1802.05399v4; J. ACM 2021) is one of the founding papers of learning-augmented algorithms, and its algorithm, Predictive Marker, is the reference point for the later literature on caching with predictions.

Timeline.

  • 1966: Bélády's furthest-in-future rule is optimal offline.
  • 1985: Sleator and Tarjan show that deterministic online paging is at best kkk-competitive.
  • 1991: Fiat et al. introduce the Marker algorithm, 2Hk2H_k2Hk​-competitive, and the clean-element lower bound on the optimum.
  • 2018: Lykouris and Vassilvitskii (arXiv:1802.05399) introduce Predictive Marker, with ratio 2min⁡(1+2Sℓ(ϵ),2Hk)2\min(1+2S_\ell(\epsilon), 2H_k)2min(1+2Sℓ​(ϵ),2Hk​) for an ϵ\epsilonϵ-accurate predictor.
  • 2020: Rohatgi (arXiv:1910.12172, SODA 2020) and Wei (arXiv:2005.13716, APPROX/RANDOM 2020) improve the dependence on the error.

Setting

A request sequence σ=(z1,…,zn)\sigma = (z_1, \dots, z_n)σ=(z1​,…,zn​) lists elements of a set ZZZ. A cache of size k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 starts empty. A request for a cached element is a hit; otherwise it is a miss, the element is loaded, and if the cache is full some element is evicted first. The offline optimum Opt(σ)\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma)Opt(σ) is the least number of misses over all eviction schedules chosen with knowledge of σ\sigmaσ.

With each request ziz_izi​ the algorithm receives a real prediction hih_ihi​. The true label yiy_iyi​ is the position of the next request of ziz_izi​, or n+1n+1n+1 if there is none. For a loss function ℓ≥0\ell \ge 0ℓ≥0, the error of the predictions is ηℓ(h,σ)=∑iℓ(yi,hi)\eta_\ell(h,\sigma) = \sum_i \ell(y_i, h_i)ηℓ​(h,σ)=∑i​ℓ(yi​,hi​), and the predictions are ϵ\epsilonϵ-accurate when ηℓ(h,σ)≤ϵ⋅Opt(σ)\eta_\ell(h,\sigma) \le \epsilon \cdot \mathrm{Opt}(\sigma)ηℓ​(h,σ)≤ϵ⋅Opt(σ).

The spread of ℓ\ellℓ measures how cheaply a predictor can get the order of arrivals completely wrong: Sℓ(m)S_\ell(m)Sℓ​(m) is the least length T≥1T \ge 1T≥1 such that every strictly increasing integer sequence a1<⋯<aTa_1 < \dots < a_Ta1​<⋯<aT​ and every non-increasing real sequence b1≥⋯≥bTb_1 \ge \dots \ge b_Tb1​≥⋯≥bT​ have total loss ∑iℓ(ai,bi)≥m\sum_i \ell(a_i, b_i) \ge m∑i​ℓ(ai​,bi​)≥m.

Predictive Marker (Algorithm 1) works in the phases of the Marker algorithm. Requested elements are marked. A phase ends when the cache is full, every cached element is marked, and a miss occurs; then all marks are removed. An element requested in a phase but not in the previous one is clean, and Q(σ)Q(\sigma)Q(σ) is the total number of clean elements. Each clean miss starts a chain. An element evicted in the current phase that is requested again (a stale miss) extends the chain in which it was evicted. Evictions are among unmarked elements. As long as the chain's length n(r,c)n(r,c)n(r,c) is at most Hk=1+12+⋯+1kH_k = 1 + \tfrac12 + \dots + \tfrac1kHk​=1+21​+⋯+k1​, the evicted element is one with the largest prediction. After that it is chosen uniformly at random. The expected number of misses of Predictive Marker is costPM(σ)\mathrm{cost}_{PM}(\sigma)costPM​(σ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3

If SSS is concave on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and majorizes the spread, then for every ϵ≥0\epsilon \ge 0ϵ≥0, every tie-breaking rule, and every sequence with ϵ\epsilonϵ-accurate predictions,

E[costPM(σ)]≤2⋅min⁡(1+2S(ϵ), 2Hk)⋅Opt(σ).\mathbb E\bigl[\mathrm{cost}_{PM}(\sigma)\bigr] \le 2\cdot\min\bigl(1 + 2S(\epsilon),\ 2H_k\bigr)\cdot \mathrm{Opt}(\sigma).E[costPM​(σ)]≤2⋅min(1+2S(ϵ), 2Hk​)⋅Opt(σ).

Milestones

  • Claim 1 (Fiat et al.): Q(σ)≤2 Opt(σ)Q(\sigma) \le 2\,\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma)Q(σ)≤2Opt(σ).
  • Proof of Theorem 3.3, last sentence: Opt(σ)≤Q(σ)\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma) \le Q(\sigma)Opt(σ)≤Q(σ).
  • Lemma 3.3: a chain that evicts by the predictions only has length n(r,c)≤1+S(ηr,c)n(r,c) \le 1 + S(\eta_{r,c})n(r,c)≤1+S(ηr,c​), where ηr,c\eta_{r,c}ηr,c​ is the error of the predictions on the elements evicted into it.
  • Lemma 3.4: E[n(r,c)]≤E[min⁡(1+2S(ηr,c),2Hk)]\mathbb E[n(r,c)] \le \mathbb E[\min(1 + 2S(\eta_{r,c}), 2H_k)]E[n(r,c)]≤E[min(1+2S(ηr,c​),2Hk​)].

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.3 gives both guarantees at once. For an exact predictor (ϵ=0\epsilon = 0ϵ=0) the ratio is a constant, 2(1+2S(0))2(1 + 2S(0))2(1+2S(0)), independent of kkk; for an arbitrary predictor it is 4Hk4H_k4Hk​, within a constant factor of the optimal randomized ratio. In between, the ratio degrades with the error at the rate of the spread: for the absolute loss the spread grows like m\sqrt mm​, so the ratio grows like ϵ\sqrt\epsilonϵ​. The spread and the chain decomposition are the tools later papers build on to trade consistency against robustness.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it, of the Marker analysis, or of the clean-element bound of Fiat et al. is known. A formalization supplies a precise model of a randomized online algorithm with predictions. It also settles the details the paper leaves implicit: the eviction missing from the clean branch of Algorithm 1 as printed, the cap 2Hk2H_k2Hk​ printed as 2log⁡k2\log k2logk in Lemma 3.4, and the behaviour of the spread at 000.

Difficulty

The obvious argument charges every miss to a chain and bounds each chain separately. That works for chains that follow the predictions, but a chain that switches to random evictions interacts with every other chain of the phase, because all of them evict from the same pool of unmarked elements. A bound on its expected length must hold whatever the other chains evict, including evictions that depend on earlier coin flips. A second difficulty is summing. The chain errors ηr,c\eta_{r,c}ηr,c​ and the chain lengths are both random, while the hypothesis controls only the total error ηℓ(h,σ)\eta_\ell(h,\sigma)ηℓ​(h,σ) against Opt(σ)\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma)Opt(σ), not the number of chains Q(σ)Q(\sigma)Q(σ) in which the error is spread.

Formalization scope

Elements form a type with decidable equality. A request sequence is a list; predictions are one real per request, and every real sequence is allowed. Labels are 1-based next-arrival positions, with n+1n+1n+1 for elements never requested again. The paper prints the label with equal features; the element is meant. Opt\mathrm{Opt}Opt is computed as the minimum over all demand-paging schedules from the empty cache, which loses no generality. HkH_kHk​ is harmonic k as a real number, never log⁡k\log klogk.

Predictive Marker is a PMF over final states. The random eviction of line 21 is uniform over the unmarked cached elements, and ties in the arg max are a parameter quantified universally. The eviction of lines 23–24 is also performed after a clean miss; as printed, it sits only in the stale branch. The expected cost lies in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

The spread takes real arguments and lengths T≥1T \ge 1T≥1. SSS must be concave on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), finite, and at least the spread. It must also be continuous at 000, which the paper does not say: without it the chain lemma fails for losses whose minimal reversed-order loss stays 000 over several lengths. ϵ\epsilonϵ-accuracy is the pointwise condition on the given pair (σ,h)(\sigma, h)(σ,h). The competitive ratio is written as a product, so Opt(σ)=0\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma) = 0Opt(σ)=0 needs no special case. Lemma 3.3 is stated pointwise for chains without random evictions, as its proof shows. Lemma 3.4 has 2Hk2H_k2Hk​ in place of the printed 2log⁡k2\log k2logk, with the minimum inside the expectation because ηr,c\eta_{r,c}ηr,c​ is random.

The statement must not be trivialized. Opt\mathrm{Opt}Opt is the true offline optimum, not Bélády's rule applied to the predictions. The expectation is taken over Predictive Marker's own run, never compared with itself. The spread hypothesis is satisfiable; for example, the constant loss 111 has spread max⁡(1,⌈m⌉)≤m+1\max(1,\lceil m\rceil) \le m + 1max(1,⌈m⌉)≤m+1.

Out of scope: Lemma 3.2 (the special-marking algorithm SM, which enters only through Lemma 3.4's proof); Lemma 3.1 and Corollaries 1–2, whose printed constants are false for small mmm or disagree with Theorem 3.3; the lower bounds of §3.1 and §3.4; the extensions of §4; the experiments of §5; running time and learnability.

Welcome contributions: the Marker phase structure and its equivalence with the combinatorial phases, the clean-element bounds Q/2≤Opt≤QQ/2 \le \mathrm{Opt} \le QQ/2≤Opt≤Q (reusable for any marking algorithm), and a bound on the expected number of misses caused by elements evicted uniformly at random within a phase.

Selected references

  • T. Lykouris, S. Vassilvitskii, Competitive Caching with Machine Learned Advice, arXiv:1802.05399v4, 2020; J. ACM 68(4), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1802.05399v4
  • A. Fiat, R. M. Karp, M. Luby, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, N. E. Young, Competitive paging algorithms, J. Algorithms 12(4), 1991. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(91)90041-V
  • L. A. Bélády, A study of replacement algorithms for a virtual-storage computer, IBM Systems Journal 5(2), 1966. https://doi.org/10.1147/sj.52.0078
  • D. D. Sleator, R. E. Tarjan, Amortized efficiency of list update and paging rules, Comm. ACM 28(2), 1985. https://doi.org/10.1145/2786.2793
  • D. Rohatgi, Near-optimal bounds for online caching with machine learned advice, SODA 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1910.12172
  • A. Wei, Better and simpler learning-augmented online caching, APPROX/RANDOM 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2005.13716
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Diffusion approximations for open queueing networks with service interruptions 2: jump-diffusion heavy-traffic limit for long up and down timesResearch Paper

Motivation

Servers in manufacturing lines, communication links and service systems break down, are taken offline for maintenance, or go on vacation. When the interruptions are rare but long, they dominate congestion. A single down period can build a backlog that takes a long time to clear, and in a network that backlog propagates downstream. Standard heavy-traffic diffusion approximations, which describe queue lengths by reflected Brownian motion, do not capture this effect.

Chen and Whitt (Queueing Systems 13, 1993) identify a regime in which the effect survives in the limit. Up times are of order nnn and down times of order n\sqrt nn​, while the load is within 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ of capacity. Under the diffusion scaling each down period then becomes a jump, and the limit of the queue-length process is a reflected jump-diffusion. The paper generalises the single-station result of Kella and Whitt (Adv. Appl. Probab. 22, 1990; reference [22] of the paper) to open networks.

Timeline:

  • 1981: Harrison and Reiman define the multidimensional reflection map on continuous paths (Ann. Probab. 9). Reiman (Math. Oper. Res. 9, 1984) extends it to paths with jumps.
  • 1990: Kella and Whitt prove the one-station jump-diffusion limit for long up and down times.
  • 1991: Chen and Mandelbaum give fluid and diffusion limits of open networks without interruptions (Math. Oper. Res. 16 and Ann. Probab. 19; references [5], [6] of the paper).
  • 1993: Chen and Whitt prove the network case with interruptions (this mission), in Skorohod's M1M_1M1​ topology.

Setting

A network has JJJ single-server stations. Customers arrive from outside station jjj according to a counting process AjA_jAj​. Station jjj completes Sj(t)S_j(t)Sj​(t) services in its first ttt units of busy time. The lllth departure from station kkk is routed to station jjj when the indicator χkj(l)=1\chi_{kj}(l)=1χkj​(l)=1, and Rkj(m)=∑l≤mχkj(l)R_{kj}(m)=\sum_{l\le m}\chi_{kj}(l)Rkj​(m)=∑l≤m​χkj​(l) counts such departures. Station jjj alternates up periods u1j,u2j,…u^j_1,u^j_2,\dotsu1j​,u2j​,… and down periods d1j,d2j,…d^j_1,d^j_2,\dotsd1j​,d2j​,…, starting up, and Dj(t)D_j(t)Dj​(t) is its cumulative down time in [0,t][0,t][0,t]. With a work-conserving discipline, the queue length ZZZ and the busy time BBB satisfy

Zj(t)=Zj(0)+Aj(t)+∑kRkj(Sk(Bk(t)))−Sj(Bj(t)),Bj(t)=∫0t1[Zj(s)>0, j up at s] ds,Z_j(t)=Z_j(0)+A_j(t)+\sum_{k}R_{kj}\big(S_k(B_k(t))\big)-S_j(B_j(t)),\qquad B_j(t)=\int_0^t 1[Z_j(s)>0,\ j\text{ up at }s]\,ds ,Zj​(t)=Zj​(0)+Aj​(t)+k∑​Rkj​(Sk​(Bk​(t)))−Sj​(Bj​(t)),Bj​(t)=∫0t​1[Zj​(s)>0, j up at s]ds,

and the idle time is Yj(t)=t−Dj(t)−Bj(t)Y_j(t)=t-D_j(t)-B_j(t)Yj​(t)=t−Dj​(t)−Bj​(t).

The reflection map (ψ,ϕ)(\psi,\phi)(ψ,ϕ) associated with a matrix QQQ takes a path xxx to the pair (y,z)(y,z)(y,z) with z=x+(I−Q)y≥0z=x+(I-Q)y\ge 0z=x+(I−Q)y≥0, yyy nondecreasing, and yjy_jyj​ increasing only when zj=0z_j=0zj​=0.

A sequence of networks is indexed by nnn. The arrival, service and routing processes satisfy functional central limit theorems with rates λn→λ\lambda^n\to\lambdaλn→λ and μn→μ\mu^n\to\muμn→μ at speed 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​. Up and down times scale as (ukj,n/n, dkj,n/n)⇒(ukj,dkj)(u^{j,n}_k/n,\ d^{j,n}_k/\sqrt n)\Rightarrow(u^j_k,d^j_k)(ukj,n​/n, dkj,n​/n​)⇒(ukj​,dkj​). The network is balanced, λ=[I−Pt]μ\lambda=[I-P^{\mathsf t}]\muλ=[I−Pt]μ, with PPP the routing matrix. The limit down time D^j(t)\hat D_j(t)D^j​(t) is the sum of dkjd^j_kdkj​ over the up periods completed by time ttt, which is a pure-jump process.

The M1M_1M1​ topology on paths with jumps compares completed graphs, in which each jump is filled in by the straight segment from x(t−)x(t-)x(t−) to x(t)x(t)x(t), through their monotone parametrisations.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1, case J=1J=1J=1

For a single station with feedback probability p∈[0,1)p\in[0,1)p∈[0,1), with Z^n(t)=n−1/2Zn(nt)\hat Z^n(t)=n^{-1/2}Z^n(nt)Z^n(t)=n−1/2Zn(nt), B^n(t)=n−1/2[Bn(nt)−nt]\hat B^n(t)=n^{-1/2}[B^n(nt)-nt]B^n(t)=n−1/2[Bn(nt)−nt], Y^n(t)=n−1/2Yn(nt)\hat Y^n(t)=n^{-1/2}Y^n(nt)Y^n(t)=n−1/2Yn(nt) and D^n(t)=n−1/2Dn(nt)\hat D^n(t)=n^{-1/2}D^n(nt)D^n(t)=n−1/2Dn(nt),

(Z^n,B^n,Y^n,D^n)⇒(Z^,B^,Y^,D^)in D((0,∞),R4,M1).(\hat Z^n,\hat B^n,\hat Y^n,\hat D^n)\Rightarrow(\hat Z,\hat B,\hat Y,\hat D)\quad\text{in }D((0,\infty),\mathbb R^{4},M_1).(Z^n,B^n,Y^n,D^n)⇒(Z^,B^,Y^,D^)in D((0,∞),R4,M1​).

Here Z^=ϕ(X^)\hat Z=\phi(\hat X)Z^=ϕ(X^), Y^=μ−1ψ(X^)\hat Y=\mu^{-1}\psi(\hat X)Y^=μ−1ψ(X^) and B^=−D^−Y^\hat B=-\hat D-\hat YB^=−D^−Y^, with Q=pQ=pQ=p and

X^(t)=Z^(0)+ξ^(t)+(cλ−(1−p)cμ)t+(1−p)μD^(t).\hat X(t)=\hat Z(0)+\hat\xi(t)+\big(c_\lambda-(1-p)c_\mu\big)t+(1-p)\mu\hat D(t).X^(t)=Z^(0)+ξ^​(t)+(cλ​−(1−p)cμ​)t+(1−p)μD^(t).

The paper states Theorem 4.1 for JJJ stations, with the analogous formulas and Q=PtQ=P^{\mathsf t}Q=Pt. The mission's goal is its case J=1J=1J=1 (see Formalization scope).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1: D^n⇒D^\hat D^n\Rightarrow\hat DD^n⇒D^ in D((0,∞),RJ,M1)D((0,\infty),\mathbb R^J,M_1)D((0,∞),RJ,M1​).
  2. Lemma 4.2: n−1Bjn(nt)→tn^{-1}B^n_j(nt)\to tn−1Bjn​(nt)→t u.o.c.
  3. Eq. (4.24): n−1/2ξn(nt)→ξ^(t)n^{-1/2}\xi^n(nt)\to\hat\xi(t)n−1/2ξn(nt)→ξ^​(t) u.o.c.
  4. Eqs. (4.28)–(4.29): (n−1/2Xn(nt), n−1/2Dn(nt))→(X^,D^)\big(n^{-1/2}X^n(nt),\,n^{-1/2}D^n(nt)\big)\to(\hat X,\hat D)(n−1/2Xn(nt),n−1/2Dn(nt))→(X^,D^) jointly in M1M_1M1​.
  5. The almost-sure form of Theorem 4.1 on a Skorohod representation space, case J=1J=1J=1.

Significance

The theorem yields a tractable approximation for networks with rare long interruptions: a reflected Lévy-type process driven by a Brownian part and a compound jump part. Its distribution can be studied through the reflection map. The jump directions [I−Pt]diag⁡(μ)ej[I-P^{\mathsf t}]\operatorname{diag}(\mu)e_j[I−Pt]diag(μ)ej​ make explicit how an outage at one station drains its downstream stations while its own queue builds up. Remark (4.3) of the paper derives a diffusion analogue of Little's law from the same limit.

The theorem is proved in the paper, and no part of it has been formalized. A formalization would produce the first machine-checked M1M_1M1​ topology on paths with jumps, a heavy-traffic limit theorem for a queueing network, and the random-time-change argument for counting processes.

Difficulty

The obvious argument chains three facts: the primitive processes converge, hence so does the scaled free process XXX, and the reflection map is continuous. Two steps break. First, subtraction is not continuous in M1M_1M1​ when the two paths jump at the same time in opposite directions, so the joint convergence of D^n\hat D^nD^n across stations needs (4.11) and one common parametrisation. Second, the reflection map is Lipschitz in the uniform topology, but the uniform topology cannot see jumps that occur at nearby times. Carrying the convergence through the reflection map in the M1M_1M1​ topology requires controlling how the regulator and the regulated process move along each jump segment of X^\hat XX^, jointly for all coordinates.

Formalization scope

Stations are Fin J; the network index is n : ℕ, and only n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞ enters. Durations are indexed from 000 in Lean. The queue length is integer valued, (3.2) is computed in Z\mathbb ZZ, and a solution satisfies Z≥0Z\ge 0Z≥0.

  • Solutions, not constructions. Every statement quantifies over all solutions (Zn,Bn)(Z^n,B^n)(Zn,Bn) of (3.2)–(3.3) and all reflection pairs of X^\hat XX^. Existence and uniqueness are asserted in the paper by citation and are not assumed or proved here.
  • M1M_1M1​. Parametric representations are monotone in the order of the completed graph, which is the standard definition. The page states only that the time component is nondecreasing. Convergence on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) means convergence on every [a,b][a,b][a,b] with 0<a<b0<a<b0<a<b continuity points of the limit. Jump segments are segments in Rd\mathbb R^dRd (strong M1M_1M1​). Convergence in D((0,∞),⋅,M1)D((0,\infty),\cdot,M_1)D((0,∞),⋅,M1​) includes the requirement that every path be càdlàg on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), so a copy of the limit that is continuous nowhere cannot satisfy the continuity-point condition vacuously.
  • Weak convergence is in coupling form: one probability space carries copies with the right laws that converge almost surely. The limits in (4.1)–(4.4) are continuous, so there the mode is u.o.c.
  • Corrected printed errors. Lemma 4.2 is stated with n−1n^{-1}n−1 in place of the printed n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2, as in its proof. The map on p. 346 is read as ϕ(X)=Z\phi(X)=Zϕ(X)=Z, ψ(X)=diag⁡(μ)Y\psi(X)=\operatorname{diag}(\mu)Yψ(X)=diag(μ)Y, following (4.13). The reflection map allows y(0)≥0y(0)\ge 0y(0)≥0, because X^(0)\hat X(0)X^(0) may leave the orthant when D^(0)>0\hat D(0)>0D^(0)>0; when x(0)≥0x(0)\ge 0x(0)≥0 this agrees with (2.2).
  • Added hypotheses. The processes Zn,Bn,Z^,Y^Z^n,B^n,\hat Z,\hat YZn,Bn,Z^,Y^ are assumed to be stochastic processes (measurable at each time). All networks share one probability space, so that the routing is literally common. No independence is assumed.
  • The goal is the case J=1J=1J=1 of Theorem 4.1. The printed theorem claims strong M1M_1M1​ convergence, with one parametric representation for all 4J4J4J coordinates, for every JJJ. For J≥2J\ge 2J≥2 that claim fails: during an upstream outage, a downstream queue that empties part-way through the jump bends the prelimit graph of (D^j,Y^k)(\hat D_j,\hat Y_k)(D^j​,Y^k​), while the limit's completed graph is a straight segment. For J=1J=1J=1 every coordinate moves linearly through each jump. The milestones Lemma 4.1, Lemma 4.2, (4.24) and (4.28)–(4.29) are stated for general JJJ, and the almost-sure core of the proof for J=1J=1J=1.

A trivializing formalization is excluded. The hypotheses are satisfiable (for example by deterministic arrival and service processes), N^\hat NN^ is used only when ∑kukj=∞\sum_ku^j_k=\infty∑k​ukj​=∞, and laws are compared only for measurable path maps.

Needed infrastructure: the Skorohod space with the M1M_1M1​ topology and its characterization on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), continuity of addition and of composition with continuous time changes, the multidimensional reflection map on paths with jumps, and a Skorohod representation argument. Proofs of Lemma 4.1 and Lemma 4.2 are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • H. Chen, W. Whitt, Diffusion approximations for open queueing networks with service interruptions, Queueing Systems 13 (1993) 335–359. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01149260
  • O. Kella, W. Whitt, Diffusion approximations for queues with server vacations, Adv. Appl. Probab. 22 (1990) 706–729 (reference [22] of the paper).
  • J. M. Harrison, M. I. Reiman, Reflected Brownian motion on an orthant, Ann. Probab. 9 (1981) 302–308. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176994472
  • H. Chen, A. Mandelbaum, Discrete flow networks: diffusion approximations and bottlenecks, Ann. Probab. 19 (1991) 1463–1519 (reference [6] of the paper).
  • M. I. Reiman, Open queueing networks in heavy traffic, Math. Oper. Res. 9 (1984) 441–458 (reference [25] of the paper).
  • W. Whitt, Some useful functions for functional limit theorems, Math. Oper. Res. 5 (1980) 67–85. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.5.1.67
  • A. V. Skorohod, Limit theorems for stochastic processes, Theory Probab. Appl. 1 (1956) 261–290. https://doi.org/10.1137/1101022
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamical SystemsOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stabilization of Hybrid Systems by Feedback Control Based on Discrete-Time State Observations II: Mean-Square and Almost Sure Exponential StabilityResearch Paper

Motivation

Many engineered systems switch between a finite number of operating modes at random times: a power grid after a line failure, a networked controller whose links drop, a manufacturing plant whose machines break down and are repaired. A standard model for such systems is a hybrid stochastic differential equation, also called an SDE with Markovian switching: the state follows an Itô equation whose coefficients depend on a mode that evolves as a continuous-time Markov chain. The monograph of Mao and Yuan (Stochastic Differential Equations with Markovian Switching, 2006) develops the stability theory of these equations.

A controller that stabilizes such a system usually needs the current state. In practice the state is sampled: it is observed at times 0,τ,2τ,…0,\tau,2\tau,\dots0,τ,2τ,… and the control is held between observations. Mao (Automatica 49, 2013) showed that, under a global Lipschitz condition on the drift and diffusion, a feedback control based on discrete-time observations makes a hybrid SDE mean-square exponentially stable when τ\tauτ is small enough. You, Liu, Lu, Mao and Qiu (SIAM J. Control Optim. 53(2), 2015) replaced that condition by local Lipschitz continuity plus linear growth, gave an explicit bound (3.5) on the admissible observation interval, and proved H∞H_\inftyH∞​-stability, asymptotic stability, and, in Section 4, exponential stability in mean square and almost surely with an explicit rate. This mission formalizes that exponential stability result, Theorem 4.2, and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,{Ft}t≥0,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathbb P)(Ω,F,{Ft​}t≥0​,P) be a probability space with a filtration satisfying the usual conditions (increasing, right-continuous, F0\mathcal F_0F0​ contains the null sets). On it live an mmm-dimensional {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Brownian motion www and a right-continuous {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Markov chain rrr on S={1,…,N}S=\{1,\dots,N\}S={1,…,N} with generator Γ=(γij)\Gamma=(\gamma_{ij})Γ=(γij​) (γij≥0\gamma_{ij}\ge0γij​≥0 for i≠ji\ne ji=j, zero row sums), independent of www. Fix τ>0\tau>0τ>0 and the sampling time δt=[t/τ]τ\delta_t=[t/\tau]\tauδt​=[t/τ]τ. The controlled system is

dx(t)=(f(x(t),r(t),t)+u(x(δt),r(t),t))dt+g(x(t),r(t),t) dw(t),x(0)=x0, r(0)=r0,(2.1)dx(t)=\big(f(x(t),r(t),t)+u(x(\delta_t),r(t),t)\big)dt+g(x(t),r(t),t)\,dw(t),\qquad x(0)=x_0,\ r(0)=r_0,\tag{2.1}dx(t)=(f(x(t),r(t),t)+u(x(δt​),r(t),t))dt+g(x(t),r(t),t)dw(t),x(0)=x0​, r(0)=r0​,(2.1)

with f,u:Rn×S×R+→Rnf,u:\mathbb R^n\times S\times\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R^nf,u:Rn×S×R+​→Rn and g:Rn×S×R+→Rn×mg:\mathbb R^n\times S\times\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R^{n\times m}g:Rn×S×R+​→Rn×m.

The hypotheses are:

  • Assumption 2.1: f,gf,gf,g locally Lipschitz in xxx, and ∣f(x,i,t)∣≤K1∣x∣|f(x,i,t)|\le K_1|x|∣f(x,i,t)∣≤K1​∣x∣, ∣g(x,i,t)∣≤K2∣x∣|g(x,i,t)|\le K_2|x|∣g(x,i,t)∣≤K2​∣x∣ (∣g∣|g|∣g∣ the trace norm).
  • Assumption 2.2: ∣u(x,i,t)−u(y,i,t)∣≤K3∣x−y∣|u(x,i,t)-u(y,i,t)|\le K_3|x-y|∣u(x,i,t)−u(y,i,t)∣≤K3​∣x−y∣ and u(0,i,t)=0u(0,i,t)=0u(0,i,t)=0.
  • Assumption 3.1: there are U∈C2,1(Rn×S×R+;R+)U\in C^{2,1}(\mathbb R^n\times S\times\mathbb R_+;\mathbb R_+)U∈C2,1(Rn×S×R+​;R+​) and λ1,λ2>0\lambda_1,\lambda_2>0λ1​,λ2​>0 with LU(x,i,t)+λ1∣Ux(x,i,t)∣2≤−λ2∣x∣2\mathcal LU(x,i,t)+\lambda_1|U_x(x,i,t)|^2\le-\lambda_2|x|^2LU(x,i,t)+λ1​∣Ux​(x,i,t)∣2≤−λ2​∣x∣2, where
LU=Ut+Ux[f+u]+12trace⁡[gTUxxg]+∑jγijU(x,j,t).\mathcal LU=U_t+U_x[f+u]+\tfrac12\operatorname{trace}[g^TU_{xx}g]+\sum_j\gamma_{ij}U(x,j,t).LU=Ut​+Ux​[f+u]+21​trace[gTUxx​g]+j∑​γij​U(x,j,t).
  • Assumption 4.1: c1∣x∣2≤U(x,i,t)≤c2∣x∣2c_1|x|^2\le U(x,i,t)\le c_2|x|^2c1​∣x∣2≤U(x,i,t)≤c2​∣x∣2 with c1,c2>0c_1,c_2>0c1​,c2​>0.
  • Condition (3.5): λ2>τK32λ1[2τ(K12+2K32)+K22]\lambda_2>\frac{\tau K_3^2}{\lambda_1}\big[2\tau(K_1^2+2K_3^2)+K_2^2\big]λ2​>λ1​τK32​​[2τ(K12​+2K32​)+K22​] and τ≤14K3\tau\le\frac1{4K_3}τ≤4K3​1​.

Put θ=K32/λ1\theta=K_3^2/\lambda_1θ=K32​/λ1​, λ=λ2−θτ[2τ(K12+2K32)+K22]\lambda=\lambda_2-\theta\tau[2\tau(K_1^2+2K_3^2)+K_2^2]λ=λ2​−θτ[2τ(K12​+2K32​)+K22​] (positive by (3.5)), and

H1=θτ(2τ(K12+2K32)+K22)+24θτ4K341−6τ2K32,H2=12θτ2K32(τK12+K22)1−6τ2K32.H_1=\theta\tau\big(2\tau(K_1^2+2K_3^2)+K_2^2\big)+\frac{24\theta\tau^4K_3^4}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2},\qquad H_2=\frac{12\theta\tau^2K_3^2(\tau K_1^2+K_2^2)}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2}.H1​=θτ(2τ(K12​+2K32​)+K22​)+1−6τ2K32​24θτ4K34​​,H2​=1−6τ2K32​12θτ2K32​(τK12​+K22​)​.

In Lean these are Assumption21, Assumption22, C21, LU, Assumption31, Assumption41, Condition35, theta, lam, H1, H2, rateEquationLHS; the basis is HybridSetup, the Itô integral IsItoIntegral, the sampling time delta, solutions SolvesSampledHybridSDE, and the functional (4.7) Vbar, all in the namespace You2015.Expo.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2 (exponential stability)

Under the hypotheses above, the equation

2τγe2τγ(H1+τH2)+γc2=λ(4.4)2\tau\gamma e^{2\tau\gamma}(H_1+\tau H_2)+\gamma c_2=\lambda\tag{4.4}2τγe2τγ(H1​+τH2​)+γc2​=λ(4.4)

has a unique root γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, and every solution of (2.1) satisfies

lim sup⁡t→∞1tlog⁡(E∣x(t)∣2)≤−γ,lim sup⁡t→∞1tlog⁡∣x(t)∣≤−γ2a.s.\limsup_{t\to\infty}\frac1t\log\big(\mathbb E|x(t)|^2\big)\le-\gamma,\qquad\limsup_{t\to\infty}\frac1t\log|x(t)|\le-\frac\gamma2\quad\text{a.s.}t→∞limsup​t1​log(E∣x(t)∣2)≤−γ,t→∞limsup​t1​log∣x(t)∣≤−2γ​a.s.

for all x0∈Rnx_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​∈Rn, r0∈Sr_0\in Sr0​∈S.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. (3.15) E∣x(t)−x(δt)∣2≤2E∫δtt[τ∣f+u(x(δs),⋅)∣2+∣g∣2]ds\mathbb E|x(t)-x(\delta_t)|^2\le2\mathbb E\int_{\delta_t}^t[\tau|f+u(x(\delta_s),\cdot)|^2+|g|^2]dsE∣x(t)−x(δt​)∣2≤2E∫δt​t​[τ∣f+u(x(δs​),⋅)∣2+∣g∣2]ds.
  2. Theorem 3.2 (H∞H_\inftyH∞​-stability): ∫0∞E∣x(s)∣2ds<∞\int_0^\infty\mathbb E|x(s)|^2ds<\infty∫0∞​E∣x(s)∣2ds<∞.
  3. (3.21) E∣x(s)−x(δs)∣2≤3(τK12+K22)1−6τ2K32∫δssE∣x(z)∣2dz+6τ2K321−6τ2K32E∣x(s)∣2\mathbb E|x(s)-x(\delta_s)|^2\le\frac{3(\tau K_1^2+K_2^2)}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2}\int_{\delta_s}^s\mathbb E|x(z)|^2dz+\frac{6\tau^2K_3^2}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2}\mathbb E|x(s)|^2E∣x(s)−x(δs​)∣2≤1−6τ2K32​3(τK12​+K22​)​∫δs​s​E∣x(z)∣2dz+1−6τ2K32​6τ2K32​​E∣x(s)∣2.
  4. (4.11) EVˉ(x^z,r^z,z)≤(H1+τH2)∫z−2τzE∣x(y)∣2dy\mathbb E\bar V(\hat x_z,\hat r_z,z)\le(H_1+\tau H_2)\int_{z-2\tau}^z\mathbb E|x(y)|^2dyEVˉ(x^z​,r^z​,z)≤(H1​+τH2​)∫z−2τz​E∣x(y)∣2dy for z≥2τz\ge2\tauz≥2τ.
  5. (4.14) c1eγtE∣x(t)∣2≤Cc_1e^{\gamma t}\mathbb E|x(t)|^2\le Cc1​eγtE∣x(t)∣2≤C for t≥2τt\ge2\taut≥2τ.
  6. (4.14) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (4.3), the mean-square-to-almost-sure transfer cited from Mao–Yuan [23, Theorem 8.8].

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.2 gives a quantitative guarantee: a controller that samples the state every τ\tauτ units makes the switching system decay exponentially, with a rate γ\gammaγ computable from the constants of the assumptions. Asymptotic stability (Section 3 of the paper) says nothing about how fast trajectories settle; the rate is what a designer trades against the sampling cost when choosing τ\tauτ. The almost sure statement concerns individual trajectories, which is what an operator observes.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. Mathlib has real Brownian motion but no Itô integral, no stochastic differential equations and no continuous-time Markov chains. The mission therefore also produces a definition layer: a filtration under the usual conditions, a multidimensional {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Brownian motion, an {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Markov chain with a given generator, the L2L^2L2 Itô integral of vector-valued integrands, and the solution notion of an SDE with Markovian switching and a sampled-state delay. A related but different layer exists on Prove2Me for Ethier–Kurtz (EthierKurtz_IsStandardBrownian, EthierKurtz_HasBrownianItoIntegral, EthierKurtz_SolvesBrownianSDE); it has no mode switching and no sampled state, so it cannot express (2.1). Formalization also checks the constants: it found that the printed H1H_1H1​ in (4.5) disagrees with the paper's own derivation (see below).

Difficulty

Equation (2.1) is a stochastic differential delay equation whose delay t−δtt-\delta_tt−δt​ is bounded but jumps at every observation time, so the delay-equation stability theorems that require a differentiable delay with derivative below one (Mao–Yuan, p. 285) do not apply. A Lyapunov function of the current state alone leaves the term Ux[u(x(t))−u(x(δt))]U_x[u(x(t))-u(x(\delta_t))]Ux​[u(x(t))−u(x(δt​))], which has no sign and depends on the path over a whole observation interval. An exponential rate requires controlling this delay term with an exponential weight, and the weight inflates the delay contribution by a factor e2τγe^{2\tau\gamma}e2τγ; the rate equation (4.4) records exactly this balance. The almost sure part does not follow from the mean-square part by Chebyshev's inequality at fixed times alone: a pathwise bound needs control of the supremum of ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ over each unit interval, which involves the martingale part of the solution.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • The state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm; the explicit constants in (3.5), (3.21), (4.5) depend on it. The diffusion ggg is given by its mmm columns and ∣g∣2=∑k∣gk∣2|g|^2=\sum_k|g_k|^2∣g∣2=∑k​∣gk​∣2 (trace norm). Modes are Fin N (0-based). Time is ℝ≥0; time integrals are over subsets of R\mathbb RR at s.toNNReal.
  • Every expectation of a nonnegative quantity (E∣x∣2\mathbb E|x|^2E∣x∣2, EVˉ\mathbb E\bar VEVˉ) and every time integral of one is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so a non-integrable process cannot produce a junk value 000.
  • Logarithms. The paper's log⁡\loglog takes the value −∞-\infty−∞ at 000. For a finite a(t)≥0a(t)\ge0a(t)≥0, lim sup⁡t→∞1tlog⁡a(t)≤−γ\limsup_{t\to\infty}\frac1t\log a(t)\le-\gammalimsupt→∞​t1​loga(t)≤−γ is stated in the equivalent form "for every γ′<γ\gamma'<\gammaγ′<γ, eventually a(t)≤e−γ′ta(t)\le e^{-\gamma't}a(t)≤e−γ′t". Lean's Real.log 0 = 0 never enters. In (4.3) the almost-sure quantifier is outside the quantifier over γ′\gamma'γ′.
  • Correction of (4.5). The page prints the last term of H1H_1H1​ as 24τ3K34/(1−6τ2K32)24\tau^3K_3^4/(1-6\tau^2K_3^2)24τ3K34​/(1−6τ2K32​). Substituting (3.21) into (4.9), as the proof does, gives 24θτ4K34/(1−6τ2K32)24\theta\tau^4K_3^4/(1-6\tau^2K_3^2)24θτ4K34​/(1−6τ2K32​) (the same computation reproduces the printed H2H_2H2​). The mission uses the corrected H1H_1H1​ in the goal, (4.11) and (4.14). With the printed value the claimed rate could exceed what the proof yields whenever θτ>1\theta\tau>1θτ>1.
  • "The unique root" is a conjunct of the goal (∃! γ>0\exists!\,\gamma>0∃!γ>0); the stability conclusions are stated for every positive root. "(so λ>0\lambda>0λ>0)" is a consequence of (3.5), not a hypothesis. (4.4) is kept as an equality.
  • "The solution of (2.1)" is read as every process satisfying the solution definition: progressively measurable, almost surely continuous paths, E∣x(t)∣2<∞\mathbb E|x(t)|^2<\inftyE∣x(t)∣2<∞ for each ttt, and for each ttt, almost surely, the integral equation with Itô integrals in the L2L^2L2 sense. Existence and uniqueness (cited from Mao–Yuan on p. 908) are not asserted.
  • "An mmm-dimensional Brownian motion" and "a Markov chain with generator Γ\GammaΓ" are read in the Mao–Yuan framework the paper cites: an {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Brownian motion with independent coordinates and increments independent of the past, and an {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Markov chain with transition matrix etΓe^{t\Gamma}etΓ. The usual conditions are kept as hypotheses.
  • "Locally Lipschitz" is uniform in the mode and time on each ball. C2,1C^{2,1}C2,1 carries its derivatives Ut,Ux,UxxU_t,U_x,U_{xx}Ut​,Ux​,Uxx​ as witnesses tied to UUU by derivative relations and joint continuity.
  • "τ>0\tau>0τ>0 sufficiently small for (3.5)" means every τ>0\tau>0τ>0 satisfying both inequalities of (3.5). U,λ1,λ2,c1,c2,τU,\lambda_1,\lambda_2,c_1,c_2,\tauU,λ1​,λ2​,c1​,c2​,τ are data. The constant CCC of (4.14) is chosen after x0x_0x0​, r0r_0r0​, the solution and γ\gammaγ, and before ttt.
  • (3.15), (3.21) and the transfer (4.14) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (4.3) are stated under fewer hypotheses than the surrounding proof has (Assumptions 2.1, 2.2, τ>0\tau>0τ>0, and for (3.21) τ≤1/(4K3)\tau\le1/(4K_3)τ≤1/(4K3​)), because their derivations use no more. Vˉ\bar VVˉ of (4.7) is used only for z≥2τz\ge2\tauz≥2τ, where no extension of the solution to negative times is needed. Other misprints on the page (g(x,i,s)=f(x,i,0)g(x,i,s)=f(x,i,0)g(x,i,s)=f(x,i,0) on p. 909, V(x^0,r^0,t)V(\hat x_0,\hat r_0,t)V(x^0​,r^0​,t) for V(x^0,r^0,0)V(\hat x_0,\hat r_0,0)V(x^0​,r^0​,0) on p. 918, the swapped ∨,∧\vee,\wedge∨,∧ on p. 907) are not formalized.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the expectations are not Bochner integrals, log⁡0\log 0log0 is never evaluated, the goal asserts that the rate equation has exactly one positive root (so the stability clauses are not vacuous), the solution notion admits the true solution and requires path continuity, and the derivative witnesses of UUU are tied to UUU. A sorry-free local check confirms that Assumptions 2.1, 2.2, 4.1, condition (3.5) and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 hold for n=m=N=1n=m=N=1n=m=N=1, f=g=0f=g=0f=g=0, u(x)=−xu(x)=-xu(x)=−x, U=∣x∣2U=|x|^2U=∣x∣2, K1=K2=K3=1K_1=K_2=K_3=1K1​=K2​=K3​=1, λ1=1/4\lambda_1=1/4λ1​=1/4, λ2=1\lambda_2=1λ2​=1, c1=c2=1c_1=c_2=1c1​=c2​=1, τ=1/10\tau=1/10τ=1/10; for these data LU+λ1∣Ux∣2=−∣x∣2\mathcal LU+\lambda_1|U_x|^2=-|x|^2LU+λ1​∣Ux​∣2=−∣x∣2 by hand.

Welcome contributions: the Itô isometry and Itô's formula for the L2L^2L2 integral defined here, a generalized Itô formula for functions of a Markov-modulated Itô process, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality, and the Borel–Cantelli argument that turns mean-square exponential decay into almost sure decay. These are reusable far beyond this mission. Section 3 of the paper (asymptotic stability) is a separate mission of the same series.

Selected references

  • S. You, W. Liu, J. Lu, X. Mao, Q. Qiu, Stabilization of Hybrid Systems by Feedback Control Based on Discrete-Time State Observations, SIAM J. Control Optim. 53(2), 905–925, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1137/140985779
  • X. Mao, C. Yuan, Stochastic Differential Equations with Markovian Switching, Imperial College Press, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1142/p473
  • X. Mao, Stabilization of continuous-time hybrid stochastic differential equations by discrete-time feedback control, Automatica 49(12), 3677–3681, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.automatica.2013.09.005
13 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 36 of 39Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me